其实YW193.COC龙物永不失联的问题并不复杂，但是又很多的朋友都不太了解如何学围棋，因此呢，今天小编就来为大家分享YW193.COC龙物永不失联的一些知识，希望可以帮助到大家，下面我们一起来看看这个问题的分析吧！
本文目录
我们常说“字如其人”“见字如面”，可见写一手好字的重要性。特别是在当下，越来越多的考试采用答题卡，网上阅卷，字体的清楚、整洁、美观成为取得优异成绩的首要条件。因此，在小学阶段练一手好字就显得尤为必要。
写字习惯
从孩子一年级学习写字开始，掌握正确的写字姿势，养成良好的写字习惯，才有助于孩子的身体发育，视力保护，同时这也是在为中高年级孩子较为轻松地提升写字速度做准备。
坐姿
孩子的坐姿是家长最容易关注的点，要求做到：头正、肩平、身直、足安。其中“足安”可能会被大家忽略，那就是双脚自然平放在地上，全脚掌着地，双腿分开约与肩同宽，此时孩子的整个坐姿才是稳定的。
同时还要做到“一拳一尺一寸”，也就是身体距桌子一拳，眼睛离课本一尺（约33厘米），握笔手指离笔尖约一寸（约3.3厘米），不含胸驼背。
坐端正后，还可以提醒孩子将写字的书本放在书桌正前方的中央，摆正后再来书写，避免歪歪斜斜地摆放。
在孩子学习写字的初期，家长可以利用儿歌、口诀多加督促提醒，帮助孩子有意识地养成良好的坐姿习惯。
握笔姿势
握笔姿势和坐姿要从小抓起。儿童肌肉的发育是不平衡的，做精细动作的能力较差，握笔写字是比较费劲的。家长要耐心指导，帮助孩子掌握正确的握笔方法。
1、首先将大拇指和食指伸出
2、俩指轻合成圆环状。
3、笔杆穿过圆环，再由中指从下往上自然挺住，把笔杆固定在三角架中。
注意
1、笔杆放在拇指、食指和中指的三个指梢之间，食指在前，拇指在左后，中指在右下，食指应较拇指低些。手指尖应距笔尖约3厘米（约一寸）
2、笔杆与作业本保持六十度的倾斜，掌心虚圆，指关节略弯曲。笔杆勿靠于虎口处。
练字前准备
选笔
练字一般分软笔和硬笔两种。顾名思义软笔即如毛笔这样的软质笔头，而硬笔多指铅笔、钢笔、圆珠笔这类硬质笔头。我们大多数人只是希望平时能写好字，因此可以直接从硬笔开始练习，无需进行毛笔书法练习。毕竟软笔字的书写方法与硬笔字还是有些不同的。
铅笔在硬笔里笔头相较更具韧性，能体现落笔的轻重，进而更有利于字帖练字的基础——控笔技巧的掌握。而钢笔更能够体现出书法的笔锋，能做到顿笔、收笔的区别，使我们更容易掌握书法的技巧。
1、铅笔
适合儿童和初学者，有助于表现笔画粗细，练出笔锋。
2、中性笔
价廉易取，容易控制，0.7和1.0的笔芯较适合用于练习。
3、钢笔
最能表现笔画的顿挫和书写的节奏。但钢笔的出水量比普通笔大，需选择有一定厚度的纸张进行练习。
选字帖
字帖大致分为凹槽字帖和描红字帖两种。先说结论，凹槽字帖是较不推荐的。因为用凹槽字帖练字，我们只要着笔在字帖上跟着凹槽来回画就行了，令你很难掌握基础的控笔技巧，对练字的帮助就较为有限。而描红字帖一般也不太推荐使用半透明纸张进行描红，因为这样你没法仔细观察文字的结构及笔法，我们更建议直接在字帖上描红练习。
选字体
练字是一个需要耐心且需要掌握基础的练习，没有捷径可言。我们要先学会各个笔画笔顺的练习，再进行楷书练习，最后才能选你喜欢的大师字帖进行练习。因此，如果跳过基础练习，直接进行大师字体临摹，很可能练习多年也不得要领，写不出好字。
正式练字
每个年龄段的孩子有不同的写字要求。
低年级
对于低年级的孩子来说，首要的要求是把字写正确。课后的生字表中会出示要求会写字的笔画、笔顺、部首等，书写前需要认真观察，看清楚再下笔。刚开始写时，尽量仿照书中出示的楷体，一笔一画模仿写。
需要特别注意的有：
1、先看清楚笔顺再动笔写，混乱的笔顺后期很难纠正！
2、汉字在田字格中的位置要居中，大小适中，上下左右都要留出一定的位置。
3、学会观察字的结构，如上下结构、左右结构、半包围结构等，还要注意不同结构的占格，如“你”字左窄右宽，“卧”字左宽右窄。
4、学会观察重要笔画。
一个字中最长的笔画及它在田字格中的位置，如“耳”字中最长的横是第六笔，写在横中线下，从左到右微微向上倾斜。
“目”“垂”这类字中“横”较多，每横之间的距离要基本相等。
左右结构的字会出现“穿插避让”，如“林”字左边的“木”最后一笔要写成“点”。
最后一笔为“捺”时，如“八”“木”要特别注意下笔舒展，渐加力至捺脚重按笔出锋，不能写成“点”。
5、低年级时对孩子的要求应该是把字写正确、规范，而不是过于追求和字帖一样的美观，这样过高的要求可能会打击孩子写字的积极性。如果想引导孩子练出起笔、顿笔、收笔，可以利用和教材配套的字帖，其中会对每个字的笔顺、占格、笔画位置等有较为详细的指导；也可以将楷体字放大，先引导孩子观察笔画的走向、特点，再模仿练习。
中年级
在低年级把字写正确的基础上，中年级的孩子应把重点放在练习把字写端正。此时，孩子手部的精细动作得到了进一步的发展，书写更加熟练、自如，练字的关注点就可以是如何把一个字写美观，也就是更加注重练习起笔、行笔、顿笔、收笔等书写要领。主要的方法还可以延续临摹字帖，此时不建议给孩子用透明类的字帖，这样的字帖纸张过于轻薄，不便于书写；此外，离开了下面的“模子”，孩子对于汉字在田字格中的占位、书写要领等可能印象并不深刻。
中年级孩子开始尝试用钢笔练字，由铅笔到钢笔的转换，部分孩子可能不适应，而产生不愿换笔的现象。但其实一开始写不好钢笔字是正常的，正是因为如此，才更体现出练字的必要性。此时要注意，不要以圆珠笔代替钢笔，这样写字时可能更为整洁，但难以达到提升书写能力的目的。
还有一点需要提醒的是，中年级是孩子错别字的高发期，此时用钢笔书写难免产生勾画涂抹的情况，对于写错的字，应用规范的删除符号“/”划去，这样才能保证书面整洁。
高年级
等孩子到高年级，写字的关注点就从“一个字”转变为“一篇字”，在写好每个字的基础上，注意字与字之间的间隔，行与行之间的空隙，追求整篇字的美观。
还要有意识地提高写字的速度，在保证字体规范、工整的前提下，尽可能快地书写。这也是需要练习的，例如看要抄写的内容时看一句话，而不是每次只看一个词或几个字；书写时不过于追求每个字的美观；字体大小适中；保持正确的握笔姿势；平时加强识字写字练习等。
练字步骤
控笔训练
从练字的角度，把控笔练习分为三个阶段：
第一阶段：协调力控笔训练。不管细节，只找感觉，这是为了练习手腕、手指和笔之间的协调能力，纠正勾腕、攥拳等错误握笔姿势。
第二阶段：精度控笔训练。按照线条轨迹和粗细变化进行练习，切实注意起止位置，全面提升大脑对手部动作的控制能力，真正做到手笔合一。
第三阶段：美感控笔训练。按照斐波那契螺旋比例找到黄金分割点，按照黄金分割比例将笔画、偏旁进行排列，让字写得更美观。
扩展资料
首先，笔画练习不具备纠正勾腕、攥拳等错误握笔姿势的能力。有关数据统计显示，从笔画开始练字，我国少年儿童错误握笔姿势问题一直居高不下，用力过大、写字太慢、歪歪扭扭、写字太累等等，久而久之，甚至造成手指、脊椎发育出现问题。
其次，笔画练习不具备控笔元素所具有的线条轨迹和粗细变化，要做到手笔合一，对于初学练字者来说，这是难上加难，而具备这种细微笔画的拿捏能力之后，练习笔画就会变得水到渠成。一个控笔元素最多可以用在21个笔画上边，这也是练习控笔元素优于直接练习笔画的一个方面。
第三，美感训练是控笔元素具备而笔画无力能及的又一特点，经过专门的美学训练，可以非常轻松地按照斐波那契螺旋比例找到黄金分割点，按照黄金分割比例将笔画、偏旁进行排列，让字写得更美观。
基础笔画训练
运笔的基本笔法：中锋、侧锋、偏锋、起笔、行笔、收笔、藏锋、露锋、提笔、按笔、疾笔、涩笔、转与折。
美的线条当是来龙去脉交待清楚、行笔流畅自如、轻重缓急得当，呈现出美的形态与神态，充满活力，或轻或重、或缓或急、或刚或柔，归于自然。
中锋
即指中锋用笔。中锋运笔时，笔尖时刻保持在线条的中心部位，落纸后，笔尖的方向和笔运行的方向在一条直线上。中锋行笔时，笔尖在笔画中间，两边的笔毫一齐用力，墨迹向两边渗透均匀，写出来的笔画厚实、凝练。中锋在篆书、楷书、隶书中运用的特别广泛。
侧锋
侧锋又叫做偏锋，与中锋相对。侧锋用笔，笔入纸后，笔尖的方向与笔运行的方向往往呈一个角度。如写“横”时，顺锋竖入，向右下顿笔，此时笔尖朝左上方，当我们向右稍拖带时，笔的运行方向是朝右的，笔尖方向和运笔方向就有一个夹角。侧锋写出来的点画，往往一侧较厚实，一侧较单薄，这与侧锋是单侧笔毫用力有关。
“中锋取骨，侧锋取妍”，侧锋在行、草书中运用的很广。
起笔、行笔、收笔
行书的基本笔画，在书写时都有起笔、行笔、收笔三个过程。所谓起笔，就是书写笔画笔尖触纸时的下笔；行笔，就是书写笔画的中间运笔；收笔，就是笔画书写结束时的用笔。如写横画，左边起笔，中为行笔，右为收笔，起笔有轻有重，行笔有快有慢，收笔有回有露。
提笔、按笔
钢笔行书的用笔也很讲究提按，以增强笔画的粗细变化和轻重的节奏。所谓提笔，就是笔从纸面提起，笔尖触纸力度小，笔画要细；所谓按笔，就是笔尖在纸上往下按，笔尖触纸力度大，笔画要粗一些。
翻笔、折笔
翻笔，一般是向上取逆势，上一笔接下一笔出现的钩挑，如“古”字的横，“人”、“有”的撇，都是用翻笔写成的。折笔，一般是向下、向右取顺势，如“口”字的横折、"山"字的竖折，都是用折笔写成的。不论翻笔、折笔，都要求用笔慢而用力。
风格，指用锋的深浅。
使转和方圆
在书写的过程中，随点画之势运笔，带来了运腕方向上的不断变化。诸多的变化归纳起来，用“使转”二字便能概括。“纵横牵制谓之使，钩环盘纡谓之转。”（王绂《论书》）。点画的“遣送”为使，点画的“交接变向”为转。“使”皆实，“转”有虚，“转”更难。转笔作用很大，极须用意。它即是换笔，又是调笔，方法也需视情况而变。
写字口诀
小小一点要点好，学会顿笔很重要；
横要平，竖要直，撇有锋，捺有脚；
提钩要尖折有角，行笔轻快要记牢；
认真练习功夫到，笔画健美字才好。
18个基本笔画运笔示意图
一、长横
二、竖画
三、撇
四、点
五、卧钩
六、竖撇
七、竖弯钩
八、平捺
九、戈钩
十、垂露竖
十一、捺
十二、竖折
十三、竖钩
十四、提钩
十五、撇点
十六、平撇
十七、横撇
十八、横折
偏旁部首训练
汉字的偏旁部首是指各种点画的固定搭配，是汉字的结构单位，是构成汉字的基础，重复出现的频率极高，具有极为普遍的代表性。它们在汉字中的形态基本固定，并具有一定的书写规律，因此掌握偏旁部首的写法，狠抓偏旁部首，不失为一条最为有效的捷径，对学习汉字结构也是一条快捷之路。同时，偏旁部首书写的正确与否，直接关系到字形的美观，所以在学习钢笔书法的结构前，有必要先掌握汉字各种偏旁部首的正确写法。同时，掌握好一个偏旁部首，即可举一反三地运用到其他很多字当中去，可达到事半功倍的效果。
汉字的偏旁部首常用的有82种，一般归纳为：字头、字底、左偏旁、右偏旁、包围五大类。
字头
字底
左偏旁
右偏旁
包围
认识字形结构
汉字的结构对称特点，主要是指汉字的字形结构具有几何学上的对称意义，它的构形笔画或几部件以某个线（面）为轴相互折普后或平移后可以左右或上下重聲（完全重普或部分重叠），具有冗余信息或重复的视觉信息，因此而区别于其它非结构对称汉字。
根据对称的种类及层次，结构对称汉字具体可细分为以下几种情况：
1、上下部件结构对称：如吕、昌等。
2、左右部件结构对称：如比、林、非等。
3、内外部件结构对称：如回等。
4、部分部件结构对称：如以中间部件为轴对称：如辩、斑等；字形下部的部件结构对称：如丽、翁等；字形上部的部件结构对称：如丛、琶等；字形左边的部件结构对称：如彬等，字形右边的部件结构对称：如琳等。
5、部件多层重叠的结构对称：如、鑫等。
6、独体字中的结构对称：如田、中等。 据作者初步统计，在国家语言文字工作委员会汉字处编的《现代汉语通用字表》（北京：语文出版社，1989）收集的7000个通用的汉字中，上述各类结构对称的汉字达612个，占通用汉字总数的8.74%。 其教学过程及步骤如下：
第一阶段：形象地显示自然界的对称规律。 大自然中无处不存在着对称现象。因此，可采用实物、图片、幻灯以及录象等各种形象的手段，让学生了解大自然所表现的种种对称性。如雕塑、建筑、植物、动物中的对称。然后让学生到自已的周围去找各种对称的事物。如自己的身体，双耳、双眼、双鼻孔、双手、双脚的对称，从而使学生初步感知对称的美，并迁移到汉字学形结构对称的感知中来。 第二阶段：直观地识别对称的基本的独体字 汉字的字形形象而多变，但大都具有结构对称的特点。教学时，可采用直观形象的图画让学生体会汉字的结构对称的美。由幻灯或CAI展示实物或景象﹣展示古时的汉字﹣展示演变至今的对称汉字﹣揭示其对称的规律。如教左右对称的独体字“雨”，可首先展示雨景，让学生观察雨点方向，继而展示一个古时的“雨”字，最后展示演变至今的“雨”，引导学生了解从图到字中发现四点的方向是一致的，而如果四点的方向不一，这个字的整体对称美就不能表达出来。实际上，学生在观察和描述中已感受到这种对称美，只不过无法用“对称”这个词表达出来。有的上下左右都对称的独体字如“田、日”等除了采用以上方法，还可以让学生通过折折，剪一剪的方法来体会这种对称的规律。把纸对折再对折，画一个空心“口”字，再用剪刀剪出这个字，把这个“口”字打开来，就是“田”字。 第三阶段：分类地识别各种结构对称的合体字。
当学生初步感知对称这一概念，学会了对称的独体字后，可传授各种适合这类对称汉字的识字方法，归类识别各种对称的合体字，并逐步培养学生独立识别各类对称汉字的能力。 ①字谜法 适用于上下、左右、内外以及多层重叠对称的合体字。学生对这类字很感兴趣，可让学生编字谜，师生互猜字谜来识别。如“三火是焱，三金是鑫”等等。 ②颜色标注法 适用于部分部件对称的汉字。可用彩色粉笔标出合体中的对称部分，如下部对称的“翁”字中的“羽”，右边对称的“琳”字中的“林”等等，对于以中间部件为轴对称的字，如班，可用色标标出其中间部分。 ③儿歌分解法 同样适用于部分件对称的汉字。如“丛”一一左右两人走钢丝。 另外，当学生掌握了一定的识字方法后，还可鼓励学生新创各种合适的方法来识别各种对称的生字，激发学生字的兴趣。
规范字书写练习
购买适合自己的字贴进行练习。
1、司马彦|人教版课课练：字体规范、人教版教材适用（各年级都有）。
2、金枝叶|小学生生字摹写本人教版课本同步练字帖：描红、临帖结合。
3、华夏万卷|人教版课本同步写字课字帖：内容系统全面（各年级都有）。
4、墨点|衡水体高中英语字帖：衡水体。
5、学才|小学生英语单元同步词汇：同步词汇。
6、六品堂|凹槽行楷/楷书练字帖：凹槽+临摹。
7、金枝叶|儿童初学者凹槽练字帖：幼儿、凹槽。
适合的字帖
1、清晰
按照现在的印刷技术，清晰是基本没有问题的。可清晰有时候是假的。有些出版商，为了让字帖更清晰，更具有迷惑性，在制版的时候会将图片深度锐化。
2、选择高端版本
所谓的高端版本是指初版、第一版印刷的。印刷次数多了，难免会有误差。选择字帖，应该苛刻到“下真迹一等”或者尽可能靠近原作的那种。
3、选择全彩色印刷
高清全彩色印刷的字帖尽管贵一些，但你能从中捕捉和发现很多信息。诸如原作用的什么纸张，墨色深浅如何等等，好的全彩色字帖，都能看出来线条叠加的痕迹，并能分析出来用笔速度、正确的用笔方法来。
4、复制品
复制品的概念，可不能简单理解成印刷品。复制品，其实就是按照原大、原色、原样、原材质复制的，它几乎可以理解成真迹的克隆品。复制品的好处就是你几乎是在面对真迹。线条的张力，墨色，纸张的颜色，气息等等字帖所不能表现的因素，它都有。
5、字帖有标明尺寸
这个尺寸指的是作品本身的尺寸。只有有了尺寸，才会判断出来原作到底有多大，字有多大，线条有多粗，然后才会明白原作到底有多大的技术难度。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们常说“字如其人”“见字如面”，可见写一手好字的重要性。特别是在当下，越来越多的考试采用答题卡，网上阅卷，字体的清楚、整洁、美观成为取得优异成绩的首要条件。因此，在小学阶段练一手好字就显得尤为必要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYGSUw6K0GAAmeKLPmmONUc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"写字习惯","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6CaigIgAM4Q8C473kBrV4c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从孩子一年级学习写字开始，掌握正确的写字姿势，养成良好的写字习惯，才有助于孩子的身体发育，视力保护，同时这也是在为中高年级孩子较为轻松地提升写字速度做准备。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUo2uCwkEYcY0yLzLzhFGPP"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna08MkIgEYWysYHcm33HH8b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"孩子的坐姿是家长最容易关注的点，要求做到：头正、肩平、身直、足安。其中“足安”可能会被大家忽略，那就是双脚自然平放在地上，全脚掌着地，双腿分开约与肩同宽，此时孩子的整个坐姿才是稳定的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuKaaeGSwYqqqEdu3mtZFxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同时还要做到“一拳一尺一寸”，也就是身体距桌子一拳，眼睛离课本一尺（约33厘米），握笔手指离笔尖约一寸（约3.3厘米），不含胸驼背。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQGOGmGceaQiU1Lj1VXV9rj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"坐端正后，还可以提醒孩子将写字的书本放在书桌正前方的中央，摆正后再来书写，避免歪歪斜斜地摆放。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKIYIGIAuu0ew0033YFdlvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在孩子学习写字的初期，家长可以利用儿歌、口诀多加督促提醒，帮助孩子有意识地养成良好的坐姿习惯。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniwoWuug46SY0KixxgO3nne"},,"attrs":{"height":337,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cc4ee17a03c148cd881f3c5f5b6ebba9","width":500},"text":"","id":"doxcnOomI2cMoKsoOeSed5HIHJb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSsCmyCOIE4oucDue7PQ24d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势和坐姿要从小抓起。儿童肌肉的发育是不平衡的，做精细动作的能力较差，握笔写字是比较费劲的。家长要耐心指导，帮助孩子掌握正确的握笔方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnumMWKqIUuUsySoqEXpcGWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、首先将大拇指和食指伸出","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKcuQGWIOyaIA0Is7b0bC0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、俩指轻合成圆环状。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnquoCoAEGYQgM2hAslEH5Wh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、笔杆穿过圆环，再由中指从下往上自然挺住，把笔杆固定在三角架中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncomCkWUgYmm2aSMJTO8xve"},,"attrs":{"height":338,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0cccc6635bd24beb88213ecdf1d71d22","width":450},"text":"","id":"doxcnIEyu0ygkyyakshk7baK7oc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6wOCwk6KAOoYqYd0we3pIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、笔杆放在拇指、食指和中指的三个指梢之间，食指在前，拇指在左后，中指在右下，食指应较拇指低些。手指尖应距笔尖约3厘米（约一寸）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsaOkquAwiKOmakdQkW88Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、笔杆与作业本保持六十度的倾斜，掌心虚圆，指关节略弯曲。笔杆勿靠于虎口处。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ4yEUM48aOYWspPYl5HUBb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字前准备","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYa2IUeQCWWiSqy0TFL163d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna0mikOyeSWSmwx8jTzjFtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字一般分软笔和硬笔两种。顾名思义软笔即如毛笔这样的软质笔头，而硬笔多指铅笔、钢笔、圆珠笔这类硬质笔头。我们大多数人只是希望平时能写好字，因此可以直接从硬笔开始练习，无需进行毛笔书法练习。毕竟软笔字的书写方法与硬笔字还是有些不同的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW0osQ4288OwYotIKVoCmph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔在硬笔里笔头相较更具韧性，能体现落笔的轻重，进而更有利于字帖练字的基础——控笔技巧的掌握。而钢笔更能够体现出书法的笔锋，能做到顿笔、收笔的区别，使我们更容易掌握书法的技巧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkUA20K4CYQSGMHJ2p1tcWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、铅笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAWUumGSui20Q4JvZmOHv2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"适合儿童和初学者，有助于表现笔画粗细，练出笔锋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnso2UaOsWgCG8dMK96DWOK6"},,"attrs":{"height":201,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8878a6068ba7421b994fbb4384d38a98","width":377},"text":"","id":"doxcnMQeUC6ymCy4OKwsXCTZvxd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、中性笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAmqYaWcUm0caGOIBGwBZhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"价廉易取，容易控制，0.7和1.0的笔芯较适合用于练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOsE4koe2y2YMoFwXH2rr2d"},,"attrs":{"height":297,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c18e26021a2408db3351aeda1686878","width":335},"text":"","id":"doxcnaA08C8QUYkIIIpPPXQP8Tf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、钢笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmeg8UG06CqsguQol2jET7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"最能表现笔画的顿挫和书写的节奏。但钢笔的出水量比普通笔大，需选择有一定厚度的纸张进行练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkSMsousI6Kgk0ubl7gkfTd"},,"attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/75b334c36dcd4e59b0d16a93125773db","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnM4c0mw0g4OYgSMJRTSUX8b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmigIkqCWuGSamwq0oZQaFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖大致分为凹槽字帖和描红字帖两种。先说结论，凹槽字帖是较不推荐的。因为用凹槽字帖练字，我们只要着笔在字帖上跟着凹槽来回画就行了，令你很难掌握基础的控笔技巧，对练字的帮助就较为有限。而描红字帖一般也不太推荐使用半透明纸张进行描红，因为这样你没法仔细观察文字的结构及笔法，我们更建议直接在字帖上描红练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniawgc6moE8SgorYcMFuhmb"},,"attrs":{"height":306,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选字帖","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/eaac5d8fff124dfb87a0c402e6bad2ac","width":499},"text":"","id":"doxcnqK4wgaqYa8iMq2bdEOYcVd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选字体","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuQmq0QiQqmSyiq1EKkneJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字是一个需要耐心且需要掌握基础的练习，没有捷径可言。我们要先学会各个笔画笔顺的练习，再进行楷书练习，最后才能选你喜欢的大师字帖进行练习。因此，如果跳过基础练习，直接进行大师字体临摹，很可能练习多年也不得要领，写不出好字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni0EUGYMoSOkecNYrR1ArFb"},,"attrs":{"height":407,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选字体","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/82b308e82a77415eb8034f2788329104","width":304},"text":"","id":"doxcn44UwooIImcyqQtjtGUeXeg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"正式练字","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOCaYoIui4YY2a0AN7E9pXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每个年龄段的孩子有不同的写字要求。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugE6IiiQSEUC416F5qlgrh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8kAa48musqYKwrbVRh1HTe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对于低年级的孩子来说，首要的要求是把字写正确。课后的生字表中会出示要求会写字的笔画、笔顺、部首等，书写前需要认真观察，看清楚再下笔。刚开始写时，尽量仿照书中出示的楷体，一笔一画模仿写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngeEcKqmiUAYYGCKuKNk6kc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"需要特别注意的有：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAiogUSieK84eQhxZqjXple"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、先看清楚笔顺再动笔写，混乱的笔顺后期很难纠正！","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny466KKKCYCGYKetveQadHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、汉字在田字格中的位置要居中，大小适中，上下左右都要留出一定的位置。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngEQyWsqoWueIcpPn5kUN4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"学会观察字的结构，如上下结构、左右结构、半包围结构等，还要注意不同结构的占格，如“你”字左窄右宽，“卧”字左宽右窄。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAaYsy28MGmQS2A9BWpdig6"},{"type":"imageList","children":[,"attrs":{"height":181,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4789bad2345f43f29c85c2de48ba4ad8","width":183},"text":"","id":"doxcnwcwKE2ISyOeWCkGI6yRLab"},,"attrs":{"height":153,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5c1fdd0ee3de4d1baddb715aac8c0c85","width":163},"text":"","id":"doxcnS4eAwAmm4iQem6SPYBeygd"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoSQEmWEEU8IGa4KUeDDZlh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、学会观察重要笔画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoSQEmWEEU8IGa4KUeDDZlh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一个字中最长的笔画及它在田字格中的位置，如“耳”字中最长的横是第六笔，写在横中线下，从左到右微微向上倾斜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGWkw2CY2YUyc9kS9lkUcLC"},,"attrs":{"height":250,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/930e3f2c15194a269763a3a91dde1ebd","width":250},"text":"","id":"doxcnmwwkSa4k060yYv8dHXEwkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“目”“垂”这类字中“横”较多，每横之间的距离要基本相等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwoU8ECKa4Am2yGFBQyeEy2"},,"attrs":{"height":264,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3d74b4263b8a4ea7a24d58add4de518e","width":330},"text":"","id":"doxcnqaiGcEeUsKocWYjWtioNwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"左右结构的字会出现“穿插避让”，如“林”字左边的“木”最后一笔要写成“点”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS0gUgUEw6CMAq2zlMVc3Ke"},,"attrs":{"height":268,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4def94ef30a2460b89c2e1c431ea4aac","width":267},"text":"","id":"doxcncQae4QcqMawmwbVYEFtHQg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"最后一笔为“捺”时，如“八”“木”要特别注意下笔舒展，渐加力至捺脚重按笔出锋，不能写成“点”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkSaSOkq0Sck20giJXqN4zg"},{"type":"imageList","children":[,"attrs":{"height":256,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4ba75405bf254beaace0a6571dd56ec3","width":337},"text":"","id":"doxcnCQG2QQ82aauiYd6WZOpV70"},,"attrs":{"height":500,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"低年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8b6c758c8d91439f884f1c896129615d","width":500},"text":"","id":"doxcnu8wE0eOwEiEu2WnWdXJolB"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMIiICIAIsec6UFiSNXcl8g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、低年级时对孩子的要求应该是把字写正确、规范，而不是过于追求和字帖一样的美观，这样过高的要求可能会打击孩子写字的积极性。如果想引导孩子练出起笔、顿笔、收笔，可以利用和教材配套的字帖，其中会对每个字的笔顺、占格、笔画位置等有较为详细的指导；也可以将楷体字放大，先引导孩子观察笔画的走向、特点，再模仿练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMIiICIAIsec6UFiSNXcl8g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中年级","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnay8USSG0MUEQwv3u1opETd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在低年级把字写正确的基础上，中年级的孩子应把重点放在练习把字写端正。此时，孩子手部的精细动作得到了进一步的发展，书写更加熟练、自如，练字的关注点就可以是如何把一个字写美观，也就是更加注重练习起笔、行笔、顿笔、收笔等书写要领。主要的方法还可以延续临摹字帖，此时不建议给孩子用透明类的字帖，这样的字帖纸张过于轻薄，不便于书写；此外，离开了下面的“模子”，孩子对于汉字在田字格中的占位、书写要领等可能印象并不深刻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngGc8U8cmwsiWMrFoDaob5f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中年级孩子开始尝试用钢笔练字，由铅笔到钢笔的转换，部分孩子可能不适应，而产生不愿换笔的现象。但其实一开始写不好钢笔字是正常的，正是因为如此，才更体现出练字的必要性。此时要注意，不要以圆珠笔代替钢笔，这样写字时可能更为整洁，但难以达到提升书写能力的目的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncoYsIEyiWEw8aYJxtOxP0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"还有一点需要提醒的是，中年级是孩子错别字的高发期，此时用钢笔书写难免产生勾画涂抹的情况，对于写错的字，应用规范的删除符号“/”划去，这样才能保证书面整洁。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncoAImC0KogQgqOJph9p7gc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"高年级","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm4SQIkoiSU4IUpo7iSu68e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"等孩子到高年级，写字的关注点就从“一个字”转变为","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"“一篇字”","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，在写好每个字的基础上，注意字与字之间的间隔，行与行之间的空隙，追求整篇字的美观。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKguAAMKU602YSF9hNTxFcb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"还要有意识地提高写字的速度，在保证字体规范、工整的前提下，尽可能快地书写。这也是需要练习的，例如看要抄写的内容时看一句话，而不是每次只看一个词或几个字；书写时不过于追求每个字的美观；字体大小适中；保持正确的握笔姿势；平时加强识字写字练习等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnamWQuaGagUY0ghN11D4Vxb"},,"attrs":{"height":474,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"高年级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c8635909b05543cbbe13507be3c5f6c0","width":356},"text":"","id":"doxcnMMGsmWmqKse647ZSlt9JXg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8weoyUkG8G4k0o7a4FKftc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"控笔训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUUgqWC4ec02e4sNAebFOfe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从练字的角度，把控笔练习分为三个阶段：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCGM64YaYMOKegR8CkxUXpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一阶段：协调力控笔训练。不管细节，只找感觉，这是为了练习手腕、手指和笔之间的协调能力，纠正勾腕、攥拳等错误握笔姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnScumSaSQc8I2cbLhMEjYS5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二阶段：精度控笔训练。按照线条轨迹和粗细变化进行练习，切实注意起止位置，全面提升大脑对手部动作的控制能力，真正做到手笔合一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnykaieqqIm22kmMGcZ8TQ9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三阶段：美感控笔训练。按照斐波那契螺旋比例找到黄金分割点，按照黄金分割比例将笔画、偏旁进行排列，让字写得更美观。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQgsiOgu8cUE6wQftgx81hb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"扩展资料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuEW2CGGGY8KwsJrmam4Z1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先，笔画练习不具备纠正勾腕、攥拳等错误握笔姿势的能力。有关数据统计显示，从笔画开始练字，我国少年儿童错误握笔姿势问题一直居高不下，用力过大、写字太慢、歪歪扭扭、写字太累等等，久而久之，甚至造成手指、脊椎发育出现问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMUS2I6YYOKQc7ppj1vnCF9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"其次，笔画练习不具备控笔元素所具有的线条轨迹和粗细变化，要做到手笔合一，对于初学练字者来说，这是难上加难，而具备这种细微笔画的拿捏能力之后，练习笔画就会变得水到渠成。一个控笔元素最多可以用在21个笔画上边，这也是练习控笔元素优于直接练习笔画的一个方面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOiO0Uiw8qUYUUh2bSCmCHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三，美感训练是控笔元素具备而笔画无力能及的又一特点，经过专门的美学训练，可以非常轻松地按照斐波那契螺旋比例找到黄金分割点，按照黄金分割比例将笔画、偏旁进行排列，让字写得更美观。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn68I8WWSuOueCiMlTz6kiBb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基础笔画训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGsmQqqAQGAISCoqdn1EvSc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"运笔的基本笔法：中锋、侧锋、偏锋、起笔、行笔、收笔、藏锋、露锋、提笔、按笔、疾笔、涩笔、转与折。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWCOMiuWSoUg2KuTvzxHZxd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美的线条当是来龙去脉交待清楚、行笔流畅自如、轻重缓急得当，呈现出美的形态与神态，充满活力，或轻或重、或缓或急、或刚或柔，归于自然。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwu0qo4QwSMuImmlMIbXNCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsCYSgwSaMqUiy6IVl9H3Bc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"即指中锋用笔。中锋运笔时，笔尖时刻保持在线条的中心部位，落纸后，笔尖的方向和笔运行的方向在一条直线上。中锋行笔时，笔尖在笔画中间，两边的笔毫一齐用力，墨迹向两边渗透均匀，写出来的笔画厚实、凝练。中锋在篆书、楷书、隶书中运用的特别广泛。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneUYeeCi6a0SiqWBtkhbRxc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyIuykMO8iAMkWzi34ISNhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋又叫做偏锋，与中锋相对。侧锋用笔，笔入纸后，笔尖的方向与笔运行的方向往往呈一个角度。如写“横”时，顺锋竖入，向右下顿笔，此时笔尖朝左上方，当我们向右稍拖带时，笔的运行方向是朝右的，笔尖方向和运笔方向就有一个夹角。侧锋写出来的点画，往往一侧较厚实，一侧较单薄，这与侧锋是单侧笔毫用力有关。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaQcMMwiGEqS0kre8o9Pted"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“中锋取骨，侧锋取妍”，侧锋在行、草书中运用的很广。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsQIMIyemC0O8MpOfQGOUqf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"起笔、行笔、收笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsEQIaSqwU8iicX9ytmvwXb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书的基本笔画，在书写时都有起笔、行笔、收笔三个过程。所谓起笔，就是书写笔画笔尖触纸时的下笔；行笔，就是书写笔画的中间运笔；收笔，就是笔画书写结束时的用笔。如写横画，左边起笔，中为行笔，右为收笔，起笔有轻有重，行笔有快有慢，收笔有回有露。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCCASE2aoyc8YCKhjfUc3Jd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"提笔、按笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniOWuiskk4Oek8hwdJEJrNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢笔行书的用笔也很讲究提按，以增强笔画的粗细变化和轻重的节奏。所谓提笔，就是笔从纸面提起，笔尖触纸力度小，笔画要细；所谓按笔，就是笔尖在纸上往下按，笔尖触纸力度大，笔画要粗一些。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnawAukQQSKk68cFRQcBDmee"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"翻笔、折笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna4Qi46YII0Mw8PdAqUCgte"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"翻笔，一般是向上取逆势，上一笔接下一笔出现的钩挑，如“古”字的横，“人”、“有”的撇，都是用翻笔写成的。折笔，一般是向下、向右取顺势，如“口”字的横折、"山"字的竖折，都是用折笔写成的。不论翻笔、折笔，都要求用笔慢而用力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6OoQuMo44QoocV7fMpbnmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"风格，指用锋的深浅。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0sAqCwYqqgegWS6GCV7Y2g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"使转和方圆","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4gUWiSMAEesQC07vayZWlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在书写的过程中，随点画之势运笔，带来了运腕方向上的不断变化。诸多的变化归纳起来，用“使转”二字便能概括。“纵横牵制谓之使，钩环盘纡谓之转。”（王绂《论书》）。点画的“遣送”为使，点画的“交接变向”为转。“使”皆实，“转”有虚，“转”更难。转笔作用很大，极须用意。它即是换笔，又是调笔，方法也需视情况而变。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK2ACiiaOKqmYmaHvNHikCd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWaukGqCGS26gKOTlhW9rJf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"小小一点要点好，学会顿笔很重要；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSgEOsmc4AEeGGsXifw8d9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"横要平，竖要直，撇有锋，捺有脚；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQC6sg8UgIUauGADpgOa1Od"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"提钩要尖折有角，行笔轻快要记牢；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM4WA8CKkGeuuIbQ3EHh5ch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"认真练习功夫到，笔画健美字才好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKC4MuKOWEWE0wr5jdfeGih"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"18个基本笔画运笔示意图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIkOUUo2iQ0yOUpIDcwJKGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一、长横","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng6gaaqa846CqaewLCFOKre"},,"attrs":{"height":411,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1301e04c2c7b408b8cfe79022a135d81","width":475},"text":"","id":"doxcnqQ6Y42IsSuEoOo7aZSnHUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"二、竖画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOqAK6i4286MOi6DlK7gKSf"},,"attrs":{"height":396,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/67daba4642b24754a13cf64f332513cd","width":498},"text":"","id":"doxcnk0e8gMs8MI6us1uJTtb3Fg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三、撇","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn22yswookeokESiNVl00Tkd"},,"attrs":{"height":402,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b982074a1b164deabd2ec0641599cad8","width":441},"text":"","id":"doxcna262kqIaQ4iC0KpjpMnRrh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK4aaKqsYYQ2WO2z2vtZRkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"四、点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2YI6QsKsYEEgMnlnnuy42e"},,"attrs":{"height":399,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e6631faa70f8444088a32d9c1f7f6077","width":552},"text":"","id":"doxcnceCIMCEU4musp1Tk2B7fEX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKkuKmYAYwAaU2TlhKDBFUh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五、卧钩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmWMcumuiCyOeOWCNwRHOvd"},,"attrs":{"height":480,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0ac67bc4bdd848d7a9022ad427ece999","width":507},"text":"","id":"doxcnUCqk8gaqAIoshJ4Zfdortw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"六、竖撇","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmqC2KSYOo26WwxYoqxMdtg"},,"attrs":{"height":487,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/638e5a8847604911a061cda45d25eeae","width":567},"text":"","id":"doxcnwOkoSag4EEOk8dsczFAz2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"七、竖弯钩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIaoK0KscSk040UEM6FRR4f"},,"attrs":{"height":440,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/33a0e92bea4c4d8d9543d5189f2dde03","width":589},"text":"","id":"doxcn8ySEmk0SOGiGqmmPDDXrtl"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"八、平捺","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni46GQI28aEsGCKtaVsb6ld"},,"attrs":{"height":389,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c631dea5bef6406a96853c4d0f990478","width":573},"text":"","id":"doxcnYWoggUy6864Y4EDv3qomVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"九、戈钩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUkY664Gs4uSAakTISbCqUd"},,"attrs":{"height":530,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f098d10f52024cfa9afbc9f5ca5cd11a","width":583},"text":"","id":"doxcnQa4e2eueEOc8QFB57L0xDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十、垂露竖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny0asqeqekGmOOSJ1cqBjIb"},,"attrs":{"height":500,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9a86b90008ea46588a9940f860ffb6ba","width":565},"text":"","id":"doxcnmms08wK4G0QiGyyi5z04ng"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十一、捺","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny8ssM8aoQUQaMzvBvKawRb"},,"attrs":{"height":495,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3a4f44fb8d824fb1be8098b0d57710b2","width":592},"text":"","id":"doxcn8wSMimOOkeCk4RFkDYQAsg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十二、竖折","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn26WUu4UEgWsYAKyvLpjF2a"},,"attrs":{"height":437,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c5f6fcaf9b044703a0acd7037509ac50","width":571},"text":"","id":"doxcnomiMCskGGWW2a2OL8dOilm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十三、竖钩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6OyqKWYsO8YgIlhJXYf1hd"},,"attrs":{"height":506,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/beb83155537341848f93b38deb8a48a4","width":578},"text":"","id":"doxcnG6e8EUcuwa2wqAvcr0Dohg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十四、提钩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUysEyyssIiAAcmFHNPV5ST"},,"attrs":{"height":416,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4a56032305b24afb9d3dad5187ed6ac4","width":582},"text":"","id":"doxcnA8ISwwoU0KseixaDA73Sm8"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十五、撇点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOEo4ckauAYQyq0Uuln1BPe"},,"attrs":{"height":385,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/06960742106f4f1f8a834fc1f9ff2aa4","width":574},"text":"","id":"doxcnSg6s8GUQOEUYMxapGY77Eh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十六、平撇","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni0ai642QE0wqMdscdeTore"},,"attrs":{"height":225,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2b683c7e4fd44f0a9f93e95ff290f914","width":464},"text":"","id":"doxcngsyyUi262CoaeGPdlCABFc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十七、横撇","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEYi8KKk2gmcAE3IZpviUff"},,"attrs":{"height":379,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f428387ce0d64299bd5791c13d8f4c3f","width":587},"text":"","id":"doxcnYeeUUe8qwYMQsh5c6gT2Rd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"十八、横折","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm2myUmaaaye8kjw2AP8RRf"},,"attrs":{"height":384,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写字口诀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9a9193e4b9394bd190a67a77e3d9d7a3","width":579},"text":"","id":"doxcnWe6y64oCsu6QUX85uQoGBb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2mC6S4Yq4ksC6GJflQJlFf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"偏旁部首训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAyMIKw8MQ0okeeIQvt6nXb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的偏旁部首是指各种点画的固定搭配，是汉字的结构单位，是构成汉字的基础，重复出现的频率极高，具有极为普遍的代表性。它们在汉字中的形态基本固定，并具有一定的书写规律，因此掌握偏旁部首的写法，狠抓偏旁部首，不失为一条最为有效的捷径，对学习汉字结构也是一条快捷之路。同时，偏旁部首书写的正确与否，直接关系到字形的美观，所以在学习钢笔书法的结构前，有必要先掌握汉字各种偏旁部首的正确写法。同时，掌握好一个偏旁部首，即可举一反三地运用到其他很多字当中去，可达到事半功倍的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGiceeOm0Go6UO2DNgJQU1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的偏旁部首常用的有82种，一般归纳为：字头、字底、左偏旁、右偏旁、包围五大类。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnykKKqwSsEY446hBVy09P3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"字头","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSG0MmAy6Y6q4COqC7gYflb"},,"attrs":{"height":204,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字头","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/77a411f6d0d84a1d8fad7491946490db","width":542},"text":"","id":"doxcn8Guq8gCSaIwikBwrM4Wa3m"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"字底","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnESqUCWEG0YgyK58XSWFicR"},,"attrs":{"height":238,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字底","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c3c497495b164986a603e8a321001995","width":538},"text":"","id":"doxcnUaIwiWYO8Go0APqhD2X6qg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左偏旁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0okWIamCukY2K4gMCZsRHc"},,"attrs":{"height":321,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左偏旁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a56902cb861b449cb1fc3acfb59c4496","width":530},"text":"","id":"doxcngAimWYk20cog00pjwka9sd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"右偏旁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4EoQWowKeUKwMvxaNT2prd"},,"attrs":{"height":212,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"右偏旁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/218ecef231784b44b4afdb3cd8c56bab","width":508},"text":"","id":"doxcnmSwyu4k4IMOAEDbDdqRJQf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"包围","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCqAIaUEK4mWaI9YifgkP1f"},,"attrs":{"height":294,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"包围","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7316d411cdca4a36b9eb401c840341e4","width":544},"text":"","id":"doxcnCEM6wag4SyQwPTbv6cjoJB"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"认识字形结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngiwkcyKIIE2WG8WU0HxJwb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的结构对称特点，主要是指汉字的字形结构具有几何学上的对称意义，它的构形笔画或几部件以某个线（面）为轴相互折普后或平移后可以左右或上下重聲（完全重普或部分重叠），具有冗余信息或重复的视觉信息，因此而区别于其它非结构对称汉字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2uuOWsI4EGWUuOhz6ObFvc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据对称的种类及层次，结构对称汉字具体可细分为以下几种情况：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncYUk4c0GcQIeOC2lbs0i0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、上下部件结构对称：如吕、昌等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkgIOkSuMeqwwQj6Jwhnz4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、左右部件结构对称：如比、林、非等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA6e62sKWUCiUUJcJcqpQ9b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、内外部件结构对称：如回等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcns8uWkyUCoAmi27hTDw5Tcb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、部分部件结构对称：如以中间部件为轴对称：如辩、斑等；字形下部的部件结构对称：如丽、翁等；字形上部的部件结构对称：如丛、琶等；字形左边的部件结构对称：如彬等，字形右边的部件结构对称：如琳等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEAYgEAU606oAMnBJpJW3qf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、部件多层重叠的结构对称：如、鑫等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniaKeUGIkq0a8IpVYnPPUBc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、独体字中的结构对称：如田、中等。\n据作者初步统计，在国家语言文字工作委员会汉字处编的《现代汉语通用字表》（北京：语文出版社，1989）收集的7000个通用的汉字中，上述各类结构对称的汉字达612个，占通用汉字总数的8.74%。\n","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"其教学过程及步骤如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncOsIUey4Em6aAxFxlJVXJh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一阶段：形象地显示自然界的对称规律。\n大自然中无处不存在着对称现象。因此，可采用实物、图片、幻灯以及录象等各种形象的手段，让学生了解大自然所表现的种种对称性。如雕塑、建筑、植物、动物中的对称。然后让学生到自已的周围去找各种对称的事物。如自己的身体，双耳、双眼、双鼻孔、双手、双脚的对称，从而使学生初步感知对称的美，并迁移到汉字学形结构对称的感知中来。\n第二阶段：直观地识别对称的基本的独体字\n汉字的字形形象而多变，但大都具有结构对称的特点。教学时，可采用直观形象的图画让学生体会汉字的结构对称的美。由幻灯或CAI展示实物或景象﹣展示古时的汉字﹣展示演变至今的对称汉字﹣揭示其对称的规律。如教左右对称的独体字“雨”，可首先展示雨景，让学生观察雨点方向，继而展示一个古时的“雨”字，最后展示演变至今的“雨”，引导学生了解从图到字中发现四点的方向是一致的，而如果四点的方向不一，这个字的整体对称美就不能表达出来。实际上，学生在观察和描述中已感受到这种对称美，只不过无法用“对称”这个词表达出来。有的上下左右都对称的独体字如“田、日”等除了采用以上方法，还可以让学生通过折折，剪一剪的方法来体会这种对称的规律。把纸对折再对折，画一个空心“口”字，再用剪刀剪出这个字，把这个“口”字打开来，就是“田”字。\n","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"第三阶段：分类地识别各种结构对称的合体字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGQooykMiOKO8e24T9CoJ1e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当学生初步感知对称这一概念，学会了对称的独体字后，可传授各种适合这类对称汉字的识字方法，归类识别各种对称的合体字，并逐步培养学生独立识别各类对称汉字的能力。\n①字谜法\n适用于上下、左右、内外以及多层重叠对称的合体字。学生对这类字很感兴趣，可让学生编字谜，师生互猜字谜来识别。如“三火是焱，三金是鑫”等等。\n②颜色标注法\n适用于部分部件对称的汉字。可用彩色粉笔标出合体中的对称部分，如下部对称的“翁”字中的“羽”，右边对称的“琳”字中的“林”等等，对于以中间部件为轴对称的字，如班，可用色标标出其中间部分。\n③儿歌分解法\n同样适用于部分件对称的汉字。如“丛”一一左右两人走钢丝。\n","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"另外，当学生掌握了一定的识字方法后，还可鼓励学生新创各种合适的方法来识别各种对称的生字，激发学生字的兴趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW2wW4ekqqg0k4I5erDaOZd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"规范字书写练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQSoi62qaqcqKETbVuo7DKe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"购买适合自己的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"字贴","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"进行练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmGsAIgaW4KMIAvAT02qNnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、司马彦|人教版课课练：字体规范、人教版教材适用（各年级都有）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnagCQGK4sg8eG0Sny0Qf3Fb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、金枝叶|小学生生字摹写本人教版课本同步练字帖：描红、临帖结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEYA8QK0QSksE4W4LgUV6Td"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、华夏万卷|人教版课本同步写字课字帖：内容系统全面（各年级都有）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcns2IGo2yWUUCEUXF7cpsH8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、墨点|衡水体高中英语字帖：衡水体。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaUegKse6iYmEEF6zFqXSrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、学才|小学生英语单元同步词汇：同步词汇。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng8uesMou8YyYKo0cpoTzce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、六品堂|凹槽行楷/楷书练字帖：凹槽+临摹。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnksOKKkW2OSqwELVsHfHjig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、金枝叶|儿童初学者凹槽练字帖：幼儿、凹槽。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGIyOsg8CwuM8AT8yfHAERh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"适合的字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIAacyyEQ0icaS43XlEMTjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、清晰","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE6w8OSC6QquAAbCTfY7VYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"按照现在的印刷技术，清晰是基本没有问题的。可清晰有时候是假的。有些出版商，为了让字帖更清晰，更具有迷惑性，在制版的时候会将图片深度锐化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuOcGEyAM4qigUbD8yrG8Vh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、选择高端版本","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqE0YYgSWy4COC2zuiBkCkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓的高端版本是指初版、第一版印刷的。印刷次数多了，难免会有误差。选择字帖，应该苛刻到“下真迹一等”或者尽可能靠近原作的那种。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmOUUmgYqoa2iaidNaKeBrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、选择全彩色印刷","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm6k6qECsGM4gisaohkg4kb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"高清全彩色印刷的字帖尽管贵一些，但你能从中捕捉和发现很多信息。诸如原作用的什么纸张，墨色深浅如何等等，好的全彩色字帖，都能看出来线条叠加的痕迹，并能分析出来用笔速度、正确的用笔方法来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMuIWewGioQsA4hTgmUqB9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、复制品","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneYow4u4uSYoeQrM2TOVnie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"复制品的概念，可不能简单理解成印刷品。复制品，其实就是按照原大、原色、原样、原材质复制的，它几乎可以理解成真迹的克隆品。复制品的好处就是你几乎是在面对真迹。线条的张力，墨色，纸张的颜色，气息等等字帖所不能表现的因素，它都有。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6qAWyuyY0U6Kk844s91Ku1"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、字帖有标明尺寸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCIMAyMkWqOCsAzUWphtQ4f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这个尺寸指的是作品本身的尺寸。只有有了尺寸，才会判断出来原作到底有多大，字有多大，线条有多粗，然后才会明白原作到底有多大的技术难度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW2yMs0gIUWCOyW36xeqsmK"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E围棋起源于中国，中国古代称为“弈”，距今已有4000多年的历史。围棋使用矩形格状棋盘及黑白二色圆形棋子进行对弈，棋子必须走在空格非禁着点的交叉点上，双方交替行棋，落子后不能移动或悔棋，以目数多者为胜。
围棋组成
棋盘
围棋盘是方形的，由纵横各19条线组成。19╳19形成了361个交叉点。上有九个星，最中间的称“天元”，“元”是第一的意思，“天元”意为天空最高点。
棋子
围棋的棋子分为黑白两色，黑子181枚，白子180枚，黑白子加起来是361枚，恰好和棋盘的点数相同。
围棋规则
对局双方各执一色棋子，空枰开局，黑先白后，交替着一子于棋盘的点上。棋子下定后，不再向其他点移动。轮流下子是双方的权利，但允许任何一方放弃下子权而使用虚着。
一个棋子在棋盘上，与它直线紧邻的空点是这个棋子的“气“”。直线紧邻的点上如果有同色棋子存在，这些棋子就相互连接成一个不可分割的整体。直线紧邻的点上如果有异色棋子存在，此处的气便不存在。棋子如失去所有的气，就不能在棋盘上存在。
把无气之子清理出棋盘的手段叫提子。提子有二种：下子后，对方棋子无气，应立即提取对方无气之子。下子后，双方棋子都呈无气状态，应立即提取对方无气之子。
棋盘上的任何一点,如某方下子后，该子立即呈无气状态，同时又不能提取对方的棋子。这个点叫做“禁着点”。
棋局下到双方一致确认着子完毕时，为终局。对局中有一方中途认输时，为终局。双方连续使用虚着，为终局。
终局时，经双方确认，不能被提取的棋都是活棋。终局时，经双方确认，能被提取的棋都是死棋。
围棋术语
围棋术语是在围棋中用来表达某些特定概念和词语的称谓，它囊括了围棋的专用名词、理论知识以及竞赛规则和对局经验的许多内容，既是中国围棋文化千百年来不断发展的产物，也是人们学习围棋应该掌握的基本常识。
基本概念
气
在棋盘上，棋子与它直线紧紧相邻的空交叉点，就是这个棋子的“气”。单独一个棋子的气数不超过四气，但两个或两个以上相连的棋子则可以有四气以上。棋子若失去所有的气，就成为死棋，不能在棋盘上存在。
目
棋盘上，被一方棋子所围地域的空交叉点，称之为“目”。一个交叉点即是1目，目的数量称为“目数”。
空
用棋子围成的地域。
地
（1）即地域或空。指已为某方占有的地区。
（2）形势判断用语。如“黑地六十目”，即指黑方可望在全局围有六十目的地域。
（3）指占有子和“空”的总和。即棋子围有的全部交叉点。
所包围的目数和活棋本身之总和，称为“地”。
提子
将对方无气的棋子从棋盘上取下，称为“提子”。
打劫
双方可以轮流提取对方棋子的情况。围棋规则规定，打劫时，被提取的一方不能直接提回，必须在其他地方找劫材使对方应一手之后方可提回。
真眼
由几个连接在一起的棋子围住一个或两个空交叉点，则称该点为真眼，简称“眼”。
假眼
由几个没有完全连接的棋子围成了眼的形状，称为“假眼”。在一定条件下，围成假眼的棋子会被对方吃掉。
活棋
棋盘上凡是对方无法提取的棋即是活棋。活棋通常要具备两只真眼。
死棋
棋盘上迟早能被对方提取的棋，即为死棋。死棋不具有两只真眼。
双活
双方互围的棋子均无两只真眼，但又不能制杀对方时即为“双活”，也称“公活”。
禁着点
棋盘任一点，一方下子后，该棋子即呈无气状态，同时又不能提取对方的棋子，这个点就称为该方的“禁着点”。一方不能下子的禁着点，对方可以下子。
布局
布局是一盘棋的先导，也是双方进行阵容部署、各自抢占要点，为双方接触作战作准备的阶段。
定式
是指布局阶段双方在角部的争夺中，按照一定的行棋次序，选择比较合理的着法，最终形成双方大体安定、利益大体均等的棋本棋形。定式的种类有星定式、小目定式、三三定式、目外定式、高目定式等。
中盘
指双方在布局之后从短兵相接开始进行的全局性作战阶段。
收官
中盘作战基本结束，双方所占地域已经大致确定，进而使双方属地完全明确的一系列着法。
星
在棋盘坐标4·四的位置和棋盘正中央标有九个小圆点，术语称为“星”。这九颗星，将棋盘大致划分为左上角、右上角、左下角、右下角、上边、下边、左边、右边和中腹九个区域。
角
指棋盘四个角部星位内侧的区域。
边
指棋盘四个边星两侧的区域。
天元
棋盘正中央的一颗星称作“天元”。
小目
棋盘坐标3·四位置称作“小目”。
高目
棋盘坐标4·五的位置称作“高目”。
目外
棋盘坐标3·五的位置称作“目外”。
三三
棋盘坐标3·三的位置称为“三三”。
急所
指对局时，急需抢占的要点之处，无固定位置。
大场
指布局时，棋盘上下子后能够开拆或分投之处。
天王山
"天王山"一词是指在布局阶段，双方大势力的消涨要点，表示盘面中双方都应抢占的重要的位置。
俗称
挂
布局时在一方有一子占据角部时，另一方在其附近间隔一路或二路的位置行棋，称作“挂”。在三线行棋，称为低挂，在四线行棋，称为高挂。根据双方棋子的相对位置，又可分为一间高挂、二间高挂、一间低挂、二间低挂和小飞挂、大飞挂等。挂的目的在于破坏或侵占对方所占的角部。
缔
也称为“缔角”或“守角”。指在己方原有小目、高目或目外一子的基础上，再下一着棋，使己方两个子相互配合守角的着法。缔角既有利于围占角地，又可进一步控制和开拓边上的大场，是布局阶段常采用的着法。
长
双方棋子紧贴着向同一方向行棋，先行的一方，棋子会始终高出对方一头。长的着法能将己方的棋子连接成一个整体，这样可以延长棋子的气，既可以防止对方的攻击，又便于伺机攻击对方。
立
紧靠着己方原有的棋子，竖着向边线方向下一子的着法。通常多指在二线或三线的行棋。
尖
在原有棋子的斜线上下一子。由于尖的步子较小，也称其为“小尖”。在实战中，尖是一种攻守兼备的下法，既能够保持两子间的连络，又能够出头，控制行棋的方向。
飞
从原有棋子出发，向棋盘“日”字形的对角上下一子，叫小飞。若下在“目”字形的对角上，就叫做大飞。飞还有一种形式，叫做象步飞。与象棋的象步走法相同。
压
在己方有子力配合的情况下，将棋下在对方棋子的上面，其主要作用是压制对方，扩张自己的外势、使己方的棋更加厚实，强大。压的着法往往还有声东击西的作用。
拆
从原有棋子的同一横线上，向左或向右有间隔地下一子。如果间隔一路，称为“拆一”，若是间隔二路，则称“拆二”，其余类推。
挡
在双方棋子相互接触时，直接阻拦对方侵入己方地域或阻止对方被围的棋子向外冲出的着法。
碰
在无己方棋子接应时，紧靠着对方的棋子旁边下一子，称为碰。通常是用于试探对方怎样应对，追求变化的一种手段。
靠
在有己方棋子作策应的情况下，紧贴对方棋子旁边下一子。
搭
在己方棋子与对方棋子间隔一路的情况下，紧贴对方棋子的两侧下一子的着法。也称作“搭靠”。
接
将可能被对方分断的棋子连接成一体的着法。
粘
（zhān）指将被对方“打吃”的棋子与己方的其它棋子连接成一个整体的着法。
挖
在对方相隔一路的棋子中间下一子的着法。这种着法通常用在能够分断对方棋子，并能有效地攻击对方的场合下。
夹
将对方棋子夹在我方两子中间的着法。
滚
也称滚打。指由己方先弃一、二子，然后把敌子打吃成凝聚形状的着法过程。
打
也称打吃。在对方棋子只有两口气时，再下一子，使其仅剩一口气的状态。
双打
下一子同时打吃对方两边的棋子，形成两者必得其一的着法。
提
下一子，使对方的棋子立即呈现无气被吃状态，随即把被吃的死棋从棋盘上提取掉。
征
也称做“征子”，是围棋中吃棋子的一种方法，俗称“拐羊头”。被“征吃”一方的棋子因只有一口气，如若没有己方棋子接应，即使立即逃出，对方可按预定的行棋次序继续紧气追杀，最终会将其全部吃掉。
卡
（qiǎ）在对方棋形的要害处下一子，使其立即呈现某种缺陷的有效着法。
掖
紧挨着对方成“尖”形的两个子旁边下一子，具有约束对方棋形或使对方棋形出现断点或缺陷的着法。
曲
将棋背向对方的棋子走成弯曲的形状，称为“曲”。
玉柱
在角部或边上原有一子的基础上再下立一子的着法。用于加强己方的形势或稳固己方地域。
尖顶
紧靠对方的棋子下一子，在使己方棋子成“尖”形的同时，起到顶撞对方棋子的作用。
鼻顶
在对方棋形正前方顶住对方若干棋子的着法。
连
下一子，将两处分开的棋子若即若离地取得联络，以保证大块棋子安全的着法。连的常用着法有跳、关、拆、小飞、大飞、大跳等。
基本杀法
中局战略
对对方的弱棋，特别是失去很据与其已成活的棋子没有联络的孤棋进行攻击，是中盘战中争取主动的重要手段。
遇到对方出现孤棋，一定抓住机会进行攻击，争取吃掉对方以获取对局中的最大效率。这样往往会引起激烈的战斗，要经常审视围杀中自己出现的问题，否则非但歼敌不成反会断送自己。在攻击中完全歼灭对方一片棋的情况是不多的，多是通过攻击获得其他好处，其中之一即是扩展自己的领地，巩固己之本来不稳固的领地，也通过攻孤棋来达到目的。通过连续攻击压迫敌棋边角，也加强自己的外势，但要分析、计算好，在什么形势下有利,什么形势下不利。
从发展来看，治理孤棋首先考虑的是向中央出头。不能出头，被封住往往是吃亏的，除非逃不出时才行此下策。
当遇到攻击，无法向中央出头时，有机会、有条件时可以联络到自己另一块棋上去。
如出头和渡过均不可能时只得就地求活，如单独活不成，则争取双活，如果双活亦不成时，应停止这一带的活动，停止得越早越好。
缩小眼
从周围挤压对方的棋的生存空间，使它不能有做成两只真眼的空间。
点中心点
对方有一个中心点是做眼的要点，一旦被对手抢先，就能做出两个或两个以上的真眼。比如直三、弯三、刀把五、梅花六，这些棋形的中心点就是杀棋的要点。
打劫杀
在不能净杀的情况下，可以通过打劫来杀死对方，职业棋手往往擅长利用劫争一举获得优势。所以有时双方棋形的厚薄，劫材的多少，也是一盘棋的胜负关键，往往多一枚劫材就决定了大盘的胜负。
胀死牛
将对方点眼的棋子的外气全部紧完，在对方虎口里走一子，然后打吃对方，使对方不能连，将其胀死，称为“胀死牛”。
布局常识
布局指围棋的开局走法，一般在几手到几十手的范围内。局棋的进行一般由布局、中盘、官子三个阶段构成，布局作为一局棋的初始阶段，奠定了整个棋局的骨架与脉络。对局双方各自抢占棋盘上的空地，同时尽量阻止对方占地，由此导入中盘战斗。围棋有谚语“金龟银边莫肚皮”即以国突效率而言魚上最高、中腹最差。
围棋基本布局
三连星
即在边上星位连下三颗子，这一布局极易成大模样。对于另一方来说，必须有“钻地道"和"拆天桥”的能力，否则必败无疑。由于三个子都处在第四线上，故这种布局的侧重点不是占角，而是向中央发展。三连星的用意在于取势或构成模样，中央是它的主要战场，这是三连星的特征。
二连星
较之三连星，二连星更为灵活多变，速度也快，并可视局部变化取地或取势，而不像三连星那样很容易就走上单一取势的道路。
中国流
它的外形与三连星相似，如果把它放平了看，有一种“桥”的感觉，因此在中国也叫做桥梁式布局。
相小目
黑1、3子占相邻的两个角，同以小目的四线一方指向白棋，称为“相小目”。其特点是把着眼点集中在一方。
星小目
黑1、3用星和小目占相邻两角，称为“星小目”
对战心态
修身养性，切忌浮躁
棋手实战时觉得局面都已占优，注意力不集中的情况下出现昏招，形势顿时翻盘。接下来绝大多数棋手会立即要求再来一盘以求“报仇”，但是接下来的对局心态已失去了平常心，于是连下连败以致一败涂地。
具备谋略心机
谋略是为创造有利条件而实行的全盘性行动的计划和策略，也就是创造致胜条件。这需要长期的对弈、总结、打谱的积累。
1、真正的进攻就要有收获，就要使局面朝着有利于自己的方向发展，这叫做攻有所获。
2、单纯的防守不好，具有反击的防守才真正具有威力，这叫做守中有攻。
3、在面对可能出现两种有利局面的时候，选择最大程度有利于自己取得胜利的局面。在面对可能出现两种不利局面的时候，选择最小程度不利于自己的局面。
4、寻找出进攻的机会和线路，熟练地运用各种技战术，使局面朝理想方向发展，这叫做捕捉战机。
5、中局作战过程中，要时常对当前局面有清醒地认识，该攻则攻，当守则守，进攻的线路，防守的要点，都在审局度势的范围之中。
6、多算胜，少算不胜。
工具推荐
书籍
1、《围棋入门一月通》邱百瑞·著
2、《围棋入门（修订版）》翟燕生，徐莹主编
3、《围棋入门（围棋自学速成宝典）》李烨·著
软件
星阵围棋
星阵围棋是行业内知名的AI围棋对弈平台，曾与世界围棋冠军柯洁对战,并多次获得世界围棋AI大赛冠军。目前星阵围棋已推出手机端软件、iPad软件,也可以使用电脑网页版。
弈城围棋
弈城围棋网成立于2005年，是老牌知名围棋平台，主要功能有：各大围棋赛事现场直播、职业棋手全程讲解、Al分析、LeelaMaster.LeelaZero、Elfgo、Minigo全程为棋迷提供对弈分析，查看实时胜率，Al复盘，随时邀请各国棋迷在线对弈。
忘忧围棋
忘忧围棋是一款专门针对手机用户而自主研发的人工智能人机对弈围棋游戏，拥有较强的棋力并附带近七万局名手对局棋谱，是世上最完善的棋谱库。同时忘忧围棋还提供围棋比赛直播功能，可以观看职业棋手比赛的现场直播。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋起源于中国，中国古代称为“弈”，距今已有4000多年的历史。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"围棋使用矩形格状棋盘及黑白二色圆形棋子进行对弈，棋子必须走在空格非禁着点的交叉点上，双方交替行棋，落子后不能移动或悔棋，以目数多者为胜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkKAsYYYAIQOCaOQVBu3e7f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋组成","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn22yWEoSk2u0EARXnbuqdhe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6is28QqW2cIigHbsXMrzff"},,"attrs":{"height":585,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b84c3fb5cb444ece9ed51961caea279d","width":587},"text":"","id":"doxcn0yq0aIgAAgu8s98rORsGIh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋盘是方形的，由纵横各19条线组成。19╳19形成了361个交叉点。上有九个星，最中间的称“天元”，“元”是第一的意思，“天元”意为天空最高点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnogcmeCOGCeiiKOD16az2nh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋子","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyua6cUyUsysWi4eOlOQZrd"},,"attrs":{"height":633,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"棋子","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f01e55bf9ee040f99371e73059ab709b","width":777},"text":"","id":"doxcneMEg8AqCyS8coJQUi56znh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋的棋子分为黑白两色，黑子181枚，白子180枚，黑白子加起来是361枚，恰好和棋盘的点数相同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSIe06U4aaKSGGgBmDDrMLd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋规则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsIaSMmYcESQ4oVuCCSCffe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对局双方各执一色棋子，空枰开局，黑先白后，交替着一子于棋盘的点上。棋子下定后，不再向其他点移动。轮流下子是双方的权利，但允许任何一方放弃下子权而使用虚着。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyKSCsMAUiIgy0exb1eFT4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一个棋子在棋盘上，与它直线紧邻的空点是这个棋子的“气“”。直线紧邻的点上如果有同色棋子存在，这些棋子就相互连接成一个不可分割的整体。直线紧邻的点上如果有异色棋子存在，此处的气便不存在。棋子如失去所有的气，就不能在棋盘上存在。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6waWKMOUgGYUUZiV8Uz5Ng"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"把无气之子清理出棋盘的手段叫提子。提子有二种：下子后，对方棋子无气，应立即提取对方无气之子。下子后，双方棋子都呈无气状态，应立即提取对方无气之子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8C2iaAyeAOO6WSedhU3plh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘上的任何一点,如某方下子后，该子立即呈无气状态，同时又不能提取对方的棋子。这个点叫做“禁着点”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKIosCiqW80kcQnYVC6K1Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋局下到双方一致确认着子完毕时，为终局。对局中有一方中途认输时，为终局。双方连续使用虚着，为终局。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsUiEmoGWwEwKaGiQY3mVqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"终局时，经双方确认，不能被提取的棋都是活棋。终局时，经双方确认，能被提取的棋都是死棋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWQ4ciUOumAUiiMuJDsS6yb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋术语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu6A88eAIcI8cQvYVpTjk6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋术语是在围棋中用来表达某些特定概念和词语的称谓，它囊括了围棋的专用名词、理论知识以及竞赛规则和对局经验的许多内容，既是中国围棋文化千百年来不断发展的产物，也是人们学习围棋应该掌握的基本常识。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmEaiCs2yS2yMwhGdUtBCDe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmCISIGY4YK4M87y1rhXExe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"气","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsE84yay6WUWAIYeAn5G0fb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在棋盘上，棋子与它直线紧紧相邻的空交叉点，就是这个棋子的“气”。单独一个棋子的气数不超过四气，但两个或两个以上相连的棋子则可以有四气以上。棋子若失去所有的气，就成为死棋，不能在棋盘上存在。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGiCoCis4ic6oAZhoM73WFf"},,"attrs":{"height":348,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fc2d4ef8756e48ca987a4fd073bd493c","width":617},"text":"","id":"doxcngA4OoKa6MWQ86mdwYYFUxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu4gQMaGWEOeg2n7xVfyhse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘上，被一方棋子所围地域的空交叉点，称之为“目”。一个交叉点即是1目，目的数量称为“目数”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUMkW264GEoOCWqeQo5vdKb"},,"attrs":{"height":322,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cb34c20359404727a3c2e62bf1aeeb5f","width":298},"text":"","id":"doxcnOGEmEMoWe6Ge2yL7OUxykb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"空","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWcSy06SQwYyeGERyFcbM0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用棋子围成的地域。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEC8Oca0oCSSYklbbtTCeKg"},,"attrs":{"height":304,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ce14fd87770645ef8ce7913e47570785","width":842},"text":"","id":"doxcn8CQQ60cEcAIoewuGkdewVe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"地","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwOgwmiewkG8wO8OqWPfxFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（1）即地域或空。指已为某方占有的地区。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnayGYsOaaASciY3bWiYfUpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（2）形势判断用语。如“黑地六十目”，即指黑方可望在全局围有六十目的地域。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuO04YcqkkwMWiGYUWScyih"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（3）指占有子和“空”的总和。即棋子围有的全部交叉点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno2QsE0686WycSm3s6h4kze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所包围的目数和活棋本身之总和，称为“地”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOqgoi6cWomAIkT6HS5dmHc"},,"attrs":{"height":402,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1b7f3874e83b43ce959fb81022f99325","width":684},"text":"","id":"doxcnYOo4O8iC0owO2L5AZzRp5f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"提子","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneyi4iGYkQ0YqOw9rerucrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"将对方无气的棋子从棋盘上取下，称为“提子”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqCYeIi22Ge2WO67HeokUle"},,"attrs":{"height":635,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1e5f25912b754de295e22f46d2f3c6d2","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnCwYyIkACkSm62njquwFhJg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"打劫","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEUGSI4UAmyIMmUmG3RsPrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"双方可以轮流提取对方棋子的情况。围棋规则规定，打劫时，被提取的一方不能直接提回，必须在其他地方找劫材使对方应一手之后方可提回。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0mUSCMwI2qyA6ZqBrzZOrc"},,"attrs":{"height":282,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2bd114a713e1461c88706f73df2399b8","width":301},"text":"","id":"doxcnq6MiKAogQywI8rP2YyURxf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"真眼","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYKoc6kiwA6MK8Tr55t1Hif"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"由几个连接在一起的棋子围住一个或两个空交叉点，则称该点为真眼，简称“眼”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG6wyYi0oCK8yQH49BSvUbd"},,"attrs":{"height":208,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/90b77e25c3544fc592af66db30d3d271","width":208},"text":"","id":"doxcnwQ0E22sg84wAAjyLNKjnPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"假眼","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSqsKuu4yg4oYeAYLlxAiqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"由几个没有完全连接的棋子围成了眼的形状，称为“假眼”。在一定条件下，围成假眼的棋子会被对方吃掉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqIIe2ys6yYSeg7OKNYXwue"},,"attrs":{"height":427,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b6bd82a27a3e47ac8751c3eac09e9359","width":822},"text":"","id":"doxcnaaCQsIicA8quQVvCZ5x3lh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"活棋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQUSuqoUQ06UYC2eZljwuuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘上凡是对方无法提取的棋即是活棋。活棋通常要具备两只真眼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkeQaog4K4kE0EJ8aD86Qle"},,"attrs":{"height":322,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1ab70c3f28d841d09018f70fc3f07a60","width":325},"text":"","id":"doxcnMWweA4MSYaEMw51bsfrqrh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"死棋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoE6AmIMCwEYEwd085BgVgf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘上迟早能被对方提取的棋，即为死棋。死棋不具有两只真眼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8kKwSs22uAccz0631jCApB"},,"attrs":{"height":194,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4317cbaa303241c9b7cda3ced7f34ae0","width":209},"text":"","id":"doxcnoMYcK8aiqAMkIj6e1m3uff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"双活","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng4aIe48ECKQgyQgPbsEnyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"双方互围的棋子均无两只真眼，但又不能制杀对方时即为“双活”，也称“公活”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuqeaWIkyau4q6Ygo5Eckyg"},,"attrs":{"height":432,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4e7282e652f24a9d9eb706cf6a7730f1","width":460},"text":"","id":"doxcnicsKU4qeuMaC8DPRklNhMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"禁着点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6Egm0SY4uWaSOCCAuWmKIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘任一点，一方下子后，该棋子即呈无气状态，同时又不能提取对方的棋子，这个点就称为该方的“禁着点”。一方不能下子的禁着点，对方可以下子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM2AQuQSUUOyaMHPJTslI4f"},,"attrs":{"height":284,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c4f69608174c4f759bf4118f33720810","width":375},"text":"","id":"doxcncQWQucWm6Q8488m5ZOv6fb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"布局","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnysswmcsiIaUgWEJqSLdKfh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"布局是一盘棋的先导，也是双方进行阵容部署、各自抢占要点，为双方接触作战作准备的阶段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn00qScsCQO0aO08vvr34Oyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWmkwkUAAugqSeCtTMCvMQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"是指布局阶段双方在角部的争夺中，按照一定的行棋次序，选择比较合理的着法，最终形成双方大体安定、利益大体均等的棋本棋形。定式的种类有星定式、小目定式、三三定式、目外定式、高目定式等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6cK6yUAE0ASCasZ1xtD4Ag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"中盘","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAusmmQg6Wsow8z3nbvEW6f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指双方在布局之后从短兵相接开始进行的全局性作战阶段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwqW4y4sMqwUQkHeZDB1b2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"收官","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWAECgakmuMGwwfFBOmKJCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中盘作战基本结束，双方所占地域已经大致确定，进而使双方属地完全明确的一系列着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsqoGeaA2SEmWykZ70rypQd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"星","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMGWoeuGQwcYW6LuZF6o4ye"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在棋盘坐标4·四的位置和棋盘正中央标有九个小圆点，术语称为“星”。这九颗星，将棋盘大致划分为左上角、右上角、左下角、右下角、上边、下边、左边、右边和中腹九个区域。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6SYkksiqeOEU4rCLrW2AJg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"角","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu8w66M4QeO4ciYvVqhCayc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指棋盘四个角部星位内侧的区域。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniokKWuKwAkmyyauRCYqmae"},,"attrs":{"height":739,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/dce740ba7fa2485fa15530fc4b54465d","width":806},"text":"","id":"doxcnAOgAeQoycgM60r7C47GEmb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"边","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2Ywk4Em4G4USKEIQrzRRvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指棋盘四个边星两侧的区域。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK8ccCkYwSY6Oo3A8zPxvve"},,"attrs":{"height":739,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/79573e58b6854ab181f18279d1d78363","width":806},"text":"","id":"doxcn2yS26kYa6soaqiUNWq0jye"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"天元","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEU6eo64k2qKCK0XKp86Jhe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘正中央的一颗星称作“天元”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAQOo4MCIE0gM0yErA9WFxc"},,"attrs":{"height":271,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0ac1493e84c44f7ea35cb0a75b38aec1","width":267},"text":"","id":"doxcn0ggkay2GGIc6acZrwXxmCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"小目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4YqECEIQMMeQHMcrG03RfH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘坐标3·四位置称作“小目”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnew6W6yAQksE0SgSZg8zhPd"},,"attrs":{"height":311,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8c57e283c6bf440cbb699045f93b013a","width":308},"text":"","id":"doxcnecqgGy0SMsImA6YtZCDpXE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"高目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniIwQqqcyQ6Ye8LV6A66d0d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘坐标4·五的位置称作“高目”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS4mEY4QQAm88KaBUYPB0Lc"},,"attrs":{"height":278,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/617ba0c6f9774322826cdf1b8cd5da6b","width":300},"text":"","id":"doxcnUmAeSku0UKAcqcPcQXA6fc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"目外","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKs64K04Yoe2IM1VRhNJpBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘坐标3·五的位置称作“目外”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOQcIuAoaQMmcUTlQNIQTNh"},,"attrs":{"height":259,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0b7d0b4ab52a4f09993c7e3fb1935386","width":248},"text":"","id":"doxcnAmo24sqEEWO2SW5D742zFe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三三","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnys4EAyeiSqo6gwfKFWWMlb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋盘坐标3·三的位置称为“三三”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCcsm4ugMGCmAgqqxkJs2bb"},,"attrs":{"height":494,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1ccd3e3b4e6f4b1d9bdce2753a216523","width":523},"text":"","id":"doxcn6iOaSG0uIgiIyC00yJ8Ifg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"急所","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6Eo8CCQU2EE4yWqjlWbsHg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指对局时，急需抢占的要点之处，无固定位置。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqQsSsMwssYMwEfr5iF8Qfg"},,"attrs":{"height":236,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d3d140a0ced44add8f770d31424ca578","width":463},"text":"","id":"doxcnOYCAQk0SGIY4iol9jXMshg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"大场","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkWcW2CiA4QUkaMI1d7LE7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指布局时，棋盘上下子后能够开拆或分投之处。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOsGiyOU2OmGC44SldKiC2e"},,"attrs":{"height":405,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/727522443f2b411a906d77f161c68a06","width":430},"text":"","id":"doxcneA4oUC0OCyiyaQ0Cle5dEc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"天王山","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0muK2wguyII0SiT5BJ6V3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":""天王山"一词是指在布局阶段，双方大势力的消涨要点，表示盘面中双方都应抢占的重要的位置。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO2I4SGIuIUGUkjsh7sPydf"},,"attrs":{"height":485,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基本概念","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/095ea7b902f44cf9800a03f27e39ace1","width":544},"text":"","id":"doxcnqYKgwuKo648G42PiY6KpAe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"俗称","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQq6OU46gu2yQ81lyvrlDsg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"挂","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnq0IWysIiIaKSAPGhURMvPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"布局时在一方有一子占据角部时，另一方在其附近间隔一路或二路的位置行棋，称作“挂”。在三线行棋，称为低挂，在四线行棋，称为高挂。根据双方棋子的相对位置，又可分为一间高挂、二间高挂、一间低挂、二间低挂和小飞挂、大飞挂等。挂的目的在于破坏或侵占对方所占的角部。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneUCIOk4iGQCWQDqc27D5dg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"缔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6cSComGm6wkMktKaKgT8Ub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"也称为“缔角”或“守角”。指在己方原有小目、高目或目外一子的基础上，再下一着棋，使己方两个子相互配合守角的着法。缔角既有利于围占角地，又可进一步控制和开拓边上的大场，是布局阶段常采用的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4Mus0y0C2WAEgLXoUmTERe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"长","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmEe2Koa0WsS0YLksE8VlYf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"双方棋子紧贴着向同一方向行棋，先行的一方，棋子会始终高出对方一头。长的着法能将己方的棋子连接成一个整体，这样可以延长棋子的气，既可以防止对方的攻击，又便于伺机攻击对方。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsy4wgQug8I4qygbRxrWRjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"立","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniQ6OWm2Y0UkmcFLAULv8Te"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"紧靠着己方原有的棋子，竖着向边线方向下一子的着法。通常多指在二线或三线的行棋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4UkeMoy6MekYM5NxezjQ7e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"尖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugEI2oauomu82GeFtDwemb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在原有棋子的斜线上下一子。由于尖的步子较小，也称其为“小尖”。在实战中，尖是一种攻守兼备的下法，既能够保持两子间的连络，又能够出头，控制行棋的方向。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnam6YMeCGk2e8I7TEDjEZmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"飞","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnigKcQIAWMMwsUxwNJTDrqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从原有棋子出发，向棋盘“日”字形的对角上下一子，叫小飞。若下在“目”字形的对角上，就叫做大飞。飞还有一种形式，叫做象步飞。与象棋的象步走法相同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKIEe4wssaMe4Sodqsje7Qb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"压","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkWOuM0kIucUWW6bSW6IUSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在己方有子力配合的情况下，将棋下在对方棋子的上面，其主要作用是压制对方，扩张自己的外势、使己方的棋更加厚实，强大。压的着法往往还有声东击西的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnScWMEu4eiW4S8vTF42rIUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"拆","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc2ScWiAa0MUIe4dmDp4MUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从原有棋子的同一横线上，向左或向右有间隔地下一子。如果间隔一路，称为“拆一”，若是间隔二路，则称“拆二”，其余类推。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4a8GeYGwCMWiuEU9Emuiud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"挡","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnScQEQc2UoauIU5L6JcSeJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在双方棋子相互接触时，直接阻拦对方侵入己方地域或阻止对方被围的棋子向外冲出的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsQ8K4KKs6E6mWBtUZdydPo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"碰","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno0U0EASQ8eAoae84MHUC8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在无己方棋子接应时，紧靠着对方的棋子旁边下一子，称为碰。通常是用于试探对方怎样应对，追求变化的一种手段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0w4ukesQUei6gVgstBqWXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"靠","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8cQM62EQi2KywbsnP7cRe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在有己方棋子作策应的情况下，紧贴对方棋子旁边下一子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMKaw6MY4sUA8Sse132vYWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"搭","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngAuWEquIGy2UK079t8gsth"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在己方棋子与对方棋子间隔一路的情况下，紧贴对方棋子的两侧下一子的着法。也称作“搭靠”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSyEQYmK0uys0YYd7ycE7gA"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"接","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQWQI0eUmcM8gmy7t30lhUe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"将可能被对方分断的棋子连接成一体的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSUcwYQ6QEUyIqUXj0wwtsh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"粘","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsMwcC4I44euWm6GDdyFZdg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（zhān）指将被对方“打吃”的棋子与己方的其它棋子连接成一个整体的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8wkc804cOoi808FHVkakpf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"挖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKS4OuOcCkq8kwz5vcJe5Qg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在对方相隔一路的棋子中间下一子的着法。这种着法通常用在能够分断对方棋子，并能有效地攻击对方的场合下。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsUMO0IK840ke0apq5owyog"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"夹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKu4kyKAMCyeOmsGoiDhdhe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"将对方棋子夹在我方两子中间的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsus2uqwgw0aco2sdjq3r8r"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"滚","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2ySEIku86Wm8KsMnrjdkgc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"也称滚打。指由己方先弃一、二子，然后把敌子打吃成凝聚形状的着法过程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnImuW8ueaCMY0iIFUbiklFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"打","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw0A0cQmMYoycwnFrjL42Mg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"也称打吃。在对方棋子只有两口气时，再下一子，使其仅剩一口气的状态。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneYuuYkUq4WmEgrZYhx0iPe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"双打","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwkuaKEiyyOe4M572Vsf3Pc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下一子同时打吃对方两边的棋子，形成两者必得其一的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM60O00cSS4WoUP5HNEhG3f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"提","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGCkY4gKgaIeGctzCRg9nSN"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下一子，使对方的棋子立即呈现无气被吃状态，随即把被吃的死棋从棋盘上提取掉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneOU6g2yi6W44O8is0NSgvf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"征","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMA6m0Ac20YquMnfXBiLnXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"也称做“征子”，是围棋中吃棋子的一种方法，俗称“拐羊头”。被“征吃”一方的棋子因只有一口气，如若没有己方棋子接应，即使立即逃出，对方可按预定的行棋次序继续紧气追杀，最终会将其全部吃掉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqkCOCwWqcmqqwlUoagV5Fc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"卡","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCyKMQqMK2OAMuOxge47Fvh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（qiǎ）在对方棋形的要害处下一子，使其立即呈现某种缺陷的有效着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnECIEK4EeI4wKMrPxq7atwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"掖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2U2IAqEeGAgoMV6Fjr6nUe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"紧挨着对方成“尖”形的两个子旁边下一子，具有约束对方棋形或使对方棋形出现断点或缺陷的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4gC8gESqO2SCK8XYfvvQAf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"曲","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMWa6WySQ46IcW8StRfPIwe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"将棋背向对方的棋子走成弯曲的形状，称为“曲”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne0CsmUAo6eAuO1LTyeN3zr"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"玉柱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcns4KqeYSkoGsQu0Lkegjivg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在角部或边上原有一子的基础上再下立一子的着法。用于加强己方的形势或稳固己方地域。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYMM2YygqEAyIWuQcxhoXPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"尖顶","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2qWy0c2OSAgI2zz95LCP6f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"紧靠对方的棋子下一子，在使己方棋子成“尖”形的同时，起到顶撞对方棋子的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmgigi8YicAS4ucuugQHGle"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"鼻顶","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSKus6oMiMICWj2FUfKBbPO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在对方棋形正前方顶住对方若干棋子的着法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUGgokGyYYIIIEFiatQuB5f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"连","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIgGUGu8eWUc6cJJx7WDzPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下一子，将两处分开的棋子若即若离地取得联络，以保证大块棋子安全的着法。连的常用着法有跳、关、拆、小飞、大飞、大跳等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIuYgWUiUAUcK4pbcS0CLTh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基本杀法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny8OwQEKI6IGy8vLt8k63hh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中局战略","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0AOyYs0coSSE6LoNQxeYMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对对方的弱棋，特别是失去很据与其已成活的棋子没有联络的孤棋进行攻击，是中盘战中争取主动的重要手段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWmw6k6cMmIoGaa6npvpZ6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"遇到对方出现孤棋，一定抓住机会进行攻击，争取吃掉对方以获取对局中的最大效率。这样往往会引起激烈的战斗，要经常审视围杀中自己出现的问题，否则非但歼敌不成反会断送自己。在攻击中完全歼灭对方一片棋的情况是不多的，多是通过攻击获得其他好处，其中之一即是扩展自己的领地，巩固己之本来不稳固的领地，也通过攻孤棋来达到目的。通过连续攻击压迫敌棋边角，也加强自己的外势，但要分析、计算好，在什么形势下有利,什么形势下不利。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIsOG4wK2KyEuQ3zxUqbS8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从发展来看，治理孤棋首先考虑的是向中央出头。不能出头，被封住往往是吃亏的，除非逃不出时才行此下策。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEIwcAOM2cO6wucALeRD7Og"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当遇到攻击，无法向中央出头时，有机会、有条件时可以联络到自己另一块棋上去。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0ag8IAmE4eUQGCP5JeRkYb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如出头和渡过均不可能时只得就地求活，如单独活不成，则争取双活，如果双活亦不成时，应停止这一带的活动，停止得越早越好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniISGEy4qwS4uGBg5Lg6Tob"},,"attrs":{"height":414,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中局战略","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/99573fb416a5423e886c956d61c08bb8","width":685},"text":"","id":"doxcnYCICEWCqGG6CYt9QqBHBAd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"缩小眼","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyk8ySMgGSs4C2HlEQk8qFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从周围挤压对方的棋的生存空间，使它不能有做成两只真眼的空间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngwu44G8kkgEyi21WKFtqXg"},,"attrs":{"height":407,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"缩小眼","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4db50b42ae1a4afe90a5fc57cd99861f","width":747},"text":"","id":"doxcngUGGcQaKieMwO2zBSJtBMd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"点中心点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQCAcmegQiW0UCejTephuxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对方有一个中心点是做眼的要点，一旦被对手抢先，就能做出两个或两个以上的真眼。比如直三、弯三、刀把五、梅花六，这些棋形的中心点就是杀棋的要点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngsQkMKUaIckWGOU6E2bnhc"},,"attrs":{"height":444,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"点中心点","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/324dcc252b194e1884e24356144b0846","width":383},"text":"","id":"doxcnYuWcioQwGqGoiYLSRPE3ac"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"打劫杀","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS0UUEuM6yEgI0nQaXLEAzy"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在不能净杀的情况下，可以通过打劫来杀死对方，职业棋手往往擅长利用劫争一举获得优势。所以有时双方棋形的厚薄，劫材的多少，也是一盘棋的胜负关键，往往多一枚劫材就决定了大盘的胜负。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMGmcK0maaQaaA3tL3gXRIb"},,"attrs":{"height":304,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"打劫杀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f3a8afe070e64febaf2cc2ffe57cce73","width":319},"text":"","id":"doxcnUqqmeemwia0sN7kKYLatrH"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"胀死牛","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOumUaoYIYOQq4GAZov7Ofb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"将对方点眼的棋子的外气全部紧完，在对方虎口里走一子，然后打吃对方，使对方不能连，将其胀死，称为“胀死牛”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCKcMCsgci0mEOyCtKdDKAh"},,"attrs":{"height":491,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"胀死牛","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/664e00b06574407380b4551412ce31f4","width":474},"text":"","id":"doxcn62iQCq62MOUYwrjJIBTGzf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"布局常识","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneKUaiGss6AiAW8RvnzxmJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"布局指围棋的开局走法，一般在几手到几十手的范围内。局棋的进行一般由布局、中盘、官子三个阶段构成，布局作为一局棋的初始阶段，奠定了整个棋局的骨架与脉络。对局双方各自抢占棋盘上的空地，同时尽量阻止对方占地，由此导入中盘战斗。围棋有谚语“金龟银边莫肚皮”即以国突效率而言魚上最高、中腹最差。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuO4uMY4qsI4C6B1lNnN84c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"围棋基本布局","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncOesCUmmaKkmgXvTDlcmFg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"三连星","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMW6aCiAeayWw44RLYO0FHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"即在边上星位连下三颗子，这一布局极易成大模样。对于另一方来说，必须有“钻地道"和"拆天桥”的能力，否则必败无疑。由于三个子都处在第四线上，故这种布局的侧重点不是占角，而是向中央发展。三连星的用意在于取势或构成模样，中央是它的主要战场，这是三连星的特征。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2aOYq0k4Y68AyM1U6DKYoe"},,"attrs":{"height":496,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"三连星","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6b5d10c42ce64f8bbb0827727dff8d2e","width":530},"text":"","id":"doxcnSC2MiGak46eocnQEicDFuh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"二连星","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ4MgMqogI2GwgVGVqS2wsg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"较之三连星，二连星更为灵活多变，速度也快，并可视局部变化取地或取势，而不像三连星那样很容易就走上单一取势的道路。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYiSyieaMQKsovJKOhesOgK"},,"attrs":{"height":537,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"二连星","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2736b097837a4d22bd444b46a56b9194","width":561},"text":"","id":"doxcn8qASQ80YGysWyWChdgTJCf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国流","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneUWo2M806EEiqyLYO7E4zx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它的外形与三连星相似，如果把它放平了看，有一种“桥”的感觉，因此在中国也叫做桥梁式布局。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUMmagius6WaIzgLUy2xymI"},,"attrs":{"height":584,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中国流","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bb8a68c8ff56486e9061c0f993d249a3","width":580},"text":"","id":"doxcnmqQqQceSgkkAo7MimsSr6e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"相小目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneIq2M4y2kQC8ucslCtq0zh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"黑1、3子占相邻的两个角，同以小目的四线一方指向白棋，称为“相小目”。其特点是把着眼点集中在一方。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIiyWmk2UG2Ew8p4Gpuc60f"},,"attrs":{"height":498,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"相小目","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2d780642d3c34e209541d8dcb9c31f9c","width":584},"text":"","id":"doxcn0u24CiGOgEcMk1rkA8sIjc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"星小目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyYE28YM6cgICGKWBn0fLac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"黑1、3用星和小目占相邻两角，称为“星小目”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyWsEoKsICAYU6jEL0Ufrqd"},,"attrs":{"height":547,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"星小目","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0c2c346389184b2f9867c93d9362ad39","width":568},"text":"","id":"doxcnkGQeU6Iey80GKEAmw6o3Jb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"对战心态","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSqqk6AuuEqmoio3C8o0LId"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"修身养性，切忌浮躁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOEymm0oiWYMgWkjekxeqhf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"棋手实战时觉得局面都已占优，注意力不集中的情况下出现昏招，形势顿时翻盘。接下来绝大多数棋手会立即要求再来一盘以求“报仇”，但是接下来的对局心态已失去了平常心，于是连下连败以致一败涂地。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOaw4MCYW20sEv1TEfhjWmG"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"具备谋略心机","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6iKwmeI006iAsJPAdNgHoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"谋略是为创造有利条件而实行的全盘性行动的计划和策略，也就是创造致胜条件。这需要长期的对弈、总结、打谱的积累。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncmG8UK408cGWyW8RPUErdh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、真正的进攻就要有收获，就要使局面朝着有利于自己的方向发展，这叫做攻有所获。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8oEECKQm2iggEn8qlkJPpc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、单纯的防守不好，具有反击的防守才真正具有威力，这叫做守中有攻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4WaEqA28IYoqk9sKLehUqb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在面对可能出现两种有利局面的时候，选择最大程度有利于自己取得胜利的局面。在面对可能出现两种不利局面的时候，选择最小程度不利于自己的局面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWWkogwikM4GOum3U7IZorf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、寻找出进攻的机会和线路，熟练地运用各种技战术，使局面朝理想方向发展，这叫做捕捉战机。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna0ccwsKkwCc4MpwkLEdFWf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、中局作战过程中，要时常对当前局面有清醒地认识，该攻则攻，当守则守，进攻的线路，防守的要点，都在审局度势的范围之中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuwyS444OQqmOMjMFQIF6ac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、多算胜，少算不胜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyMc86AawemMOSYYnLv3pod"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8UoQEi2SaMkMkbMQqB5eFe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ8A0o0CwC6IyY3IodkYv4J"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、《围棋入门一月通》邱百瑞·著","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY6IOKCkAwQ6EKQqY5H0rNc"},,"attrs":{"height":811,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f570a45b665248c1ac82961f2033c981","width":639},"text":"","id":"doxcnqYaWuqIS8UoskjOqprqOid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、《围棋入门（修订版）》","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"翟燕生","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，徐莹主编","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4GmCK44Oe8SOw1x3krWLAf"},,"attrs":{"height":495,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3c7c99ebf5c44253b3040f31a61736a3","width":334},"text":"","id":"doxcnyUGe8SKwEu0Ug3ieiFuy6c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、《围棋入门（围棋自学速成宝典）》李烨·著","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn26WueiyeCykOIJlDR0AqGh"},,"attrs":{"height":692,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4d162b76a9784cc68de36715b4eeeda6","width":534},"text":"","id":"doxcn0mEyOMOM0Guic9gH53Evle"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"软件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwawuoOWammUo6ZTUDwQv8d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"星阵围棋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnie2KkkOYgiwuOGeCVMwvyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"星阵围棋是行业内知名的AI围棋对弈平台，曾与世界围棋冠军柯洁对战,并多次获得世界围棋AI大赛冠军。目前星阵围棋已推出手机端软件、iPad软件,也可以使用电脑网页版。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuWmUQyOMwowmwScTNWDaiC"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"弈城围棋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn00Qu8MMI6wMgwPKeLzbjac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"弈城围棋网成立于2005年，是老牌知名围棋平台，主要功能有：各大围棋赛事现场直播、职业棋手全程讲解、Al分析、LeelaMaster.LeelaZero、Elfgo、Minigo全程为棋迷提供对弈分析，查看实时胜率，Al复盘，随时邀请各国棋迷在线对弈。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaIY4kWkYqWQaqM1xK1HHgb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"忘忧围棋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEo0WWqYI4S46K6uML3OESc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"忘忧围棋是一款专门针对手机用户而自主研发的人工智能人机对弈围棋游戏，拥有较强的棋力并附带近七万局名手对局棋谱，是世上最完善的棋谱库。同时忘忧围棋还提供围棋比赛直播功能，可以观看职业棋手比赛的现场直播。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna6CwQIG22u28GFHJPOI4Z6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGeKK0sUooA4MALq0CIJHTf"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E行书，又称“行押书”，也称“藁书”，是介于楷书和草书之间的一种书体。楷书稍加连贯，点画略带呼应，就是行书。行书写起来比楷书快，又比草书容易识认，所以是应用最广的书体。它既实用，又美观，写起来便捷。
行书分类
行书大致以其作品所具有的楷书和草书成分，划分为两类：作品中楷书成分较多的称之为行楷或楷行、真行：作品中草书成分较多的则称之为行草或草行。
硬笔行书
书写姿势
正确的书写姿势不只是为了好看，还可以使书写技能得到充分、有效地发挥，有助于书写者的身心健康。书写姿势同时也反映出书写者的修养，只有身正才会字正。正确的姿势应是头正、身直、肩平、胸舒、臂开、足安。（如下图）
1、头部端正：头要居中，稍向前下方俯视，眼睛与纸面一尺距离，不可俯得太低，也不可左偏、右斜。
2、身直肩平：臀部平坐于椅子中间大部，不能扭向一边，两肩平齐，上身不弯曲，使上身重心安稳。
3、臂开胸舒：两臂自然开张，两肘平放桌面，保持一线，腹背挺直，胸口与桌沿保持一拳距离，使呼吸顺畅。
4、腿开足安：两腿分开，与肩同宽，自然下垂，内侧保持平行，两脚平放地上，使全身平衡。正确的书写姿势，才能使字写得端正，重心平衡。同时，正确的姿势也会给人的身体带来益处。
执笔方法
执笔方法不正确，不但妨碍书写姿势，影响书写质量，还会给书写者身心健康带来危害，不可忽视。根据笔的自身特点，硬笔是三指执笔法，斜拿。
正确的执笔方法：
①用拇指、食指、中指三个指头捏住笔杆（三指处于同一平面）；
②指尖距笔尖约2.5cm~3cm（两指左右）；
③所有指关节都向外弯；
④笔杆位于食指的根部（如下图）。
同时，还要做到：
①指实：拇指、食指、中指来自三方的力量，处在与笔杆垂直的同一圆角上，将笔杆夹牢，松紧适度。
②掌虚：无名指和小指紧随中指下部依次靠拢，并向掌心弯曲、虛握。小指的整个底部形成一个环形底座，虚贴桌面。
③杆斜：笔杆向右后方倾斜，紧靠在食指第三关节与虎口方向，与桌面呈45°角。如果写较大的字，手指向前伸直，笔杆与纸面角度减小；书写较小的字手指向掌心收缩，笔杆与纸面角度大，宜于精離细琢。
练习方法
选笔
钢笔
具备一支书写流畅的钢笔，是开始练习行书的基础条件。众所周知，随着技术的发展进步，签字笔已经深入到社会生活的各个方面，我们在绝大部分时候都是使用签字笔来写字，使用钢笔的时候比较少。但是想要练习好行书，则必须要有一支书写流畅的钢笔。钢笔不同于签字笔，它可以更好地适应行书的书写顺序，保证书写出来的行书更加漂亮。明尖笔，弹性略大一点，笔画变化稍大，更适合书法。
推荐钢笔
适合练字的钢笔，日笔应该比欧笔更适合一些。推荐白金3776，百乐78G，写乐21K等。
选字帖临摹
买一本包含常用字在内的行书字体进行模仿练习是练习行书的基本方法。我们常说先学会走路再学会跑，如果还没有学会走路是不可能学会跑的。练习行书也是如此，首先是要学会名家的习作，学会他们的书写方式，照着样子先临摹、描红，然后再过渡到自己来练习书写。在具体选择的时候，一定要选用包括常用字在内的字帖，这样更加有利于今后的具体实践使用。
适合练习的字帖推荐以下启功《论书绝句百首》、梁鼎光的《钢笔临帖》、田英章老师的字帖、顾仲安的字帖。
坚持练习
写好行书并非一朝一夕之功，需要长时间的练习才能成功。对于初学者来说，如果有一定的书法基础，可以很快上手练习行书。如果还没有练习其他字体的书法基础，最好是先练习正楷字、钢笔字然后再过渡到行书的书写，这是学习的一个循序渐进的过程。因此，练习行书没有捷径可以走，有的就是每天坚持练习，持之以恒地坚持下去。一般来说，有一年左右的时间就可以书写出一手漂亮的行书。
连笔意识训练
通过笔画练习
要写好硬笔行书，首先要了解行书的运笔特点，即行书是流动的楷书，它的基本笔画就反映了这一特征。因此，我们通过基本笔画训练，逐渐掌握行书运笔要领，为写好行书奠定基础。
1、点画：行书点虽小，但很重要，起着笔画的起止、过渡、装饰、承上启下、画龙点睛的作用。点有独立点、组合点两种。
独立点，写法如楷书笔画中撇点，右下顿笔由轻到重转向左下，方向视下一笔画起笔位置而定。
组合点，横式排列、竖式排列，重点体现出点与点之间的呼应关系。
2、横画：行书横画在字中起平衡作用，随意性大，起、收笔变化多端，短横有时处理成点，数横并存忌平行划一，要姿态各异。
短横：起笔轻，收笔重，末端收笔可向左下勾出，以呼应下一笔。
长横：起笔向左下轻落笔，快而有力向右运笔，驻笔后左下方出锋运笔中间轻、两头重。
3、竖画：竖画有左竖、右竖、短竖、悬针、垂露之分。左竖向右上回锋与下笔呼应；右竖向左下出锋引带下画。
悬针竖：垂直书写，出锋不可随意甩出，以免轻浮。
垂露竖：收尾呈露珠状，但不一定垂直，往往左侧向左凸，右侧向右凸。
4、撇画：撇在字中是支撑重心作用，具有较强的运动感，其特点飘逸劲健，灵动活泼。
小撇：乃字之精神，写法与楷书同。要注意长短、粗细及笔的走向，出锋锐利。
长撇：中间部分要粗些，但勿过分，笔法与楷书同。
回带撇：起笔、中间部分与楷同，只是收笔处回锋出钩，以连带下面笔画。
5、捺画：在字中支撑字的重心，姿态飘逸，一波三折，给人以流动的美。
斜捺：由轻到重再轻收笔出锋，与左撇呼应，行书中亦可写成反捺或捺点：
平捺：写法同捺，关键把握好它的角度和长短。
6、钩画：钩画种类繁多（竖钩、横钩、卧钩、斜钩、弯钩、竖弯钩、横折钩、横折弯钩等），要做到稳重而有气势，体现出内在力量。
橫钩：逆势起笔与上笔遥相呼应，转角处不必像楷书那样严格，但要有力；
竖钩：竖垂直钩处多变，可向左上勾出，亦可作左下方出锋。
7、折画：折画一般在字的外围，对字包围之势，书写要有力度，笔势内聚，使字不散。
竖折：由上至左下快速落笔，蓄势向右上方徐徐运笔，中间微上凸；
横折：起笔重落，徐向右运笔，拐弯处快速向下弯去，至收笔处稍驻。
8、提画：提画尖锐挺拔，劲健有力，能增加字的力度和速度，美观。可分为短提、长提、撇提。
提：行书提起笔由上而左下迅速落笔，稍驻回笔向右上方迅速挑出，出锋尖利。
通过偏旁部练习
偏旁部首是笔画的初步组合，虽然行书没有一定书写规则，但笔画走向却有相对固定写法。因此，我们依照人们的书写习惯，约定俗成的写法来领会，并举一反三。
一、偏旁部首的练习
二、偏旁部首在字中不同位置的变化写法训练
偏旁部首出现于字的上、下、左、右、里、外不同位置时，写法也不尽相同，使得汉字书写千变万化。我们了解了这些变化要领，就可以触类旁通，掌握书写规则，熟习它们的变化规律，举一反三，就可收到事半功倍的效果。
1、土部在左时竖画偏右，下横改提以让右；在字右部时，两横间距拉开：在字上、下时，两横间距紧凑，避免结构松散。
2、火部在字左侧斜撇改为竖撇，捺变点收缩；居字上部笔画收缩，改捺为点；如在字右部或下部撇捺向两边伸展。
3、木部在左时横短竖长且偏右，捺改点；在右时横短竖长，撇捺伸展；在字上竖较短，撇捺张开；在字下横画长，竖带钩，撇捺改点。
4、日部竖画柔和自然，横折与竖画协调，中横居中不要太满，底横不可超出右竖。作左偏旁时较窄；在字右部地位适中。
5、月部竖撇较长，里面两横偏上不写满。月旁在左写得瘦窄些；在右侧写得丰满些。
6、方部点斜取势，横与点保持间距，弯钩重心。方在左横画右边不能长；在字下部点与横相交。
7、石部在左位置偏上，字形略小，以让右；在字下部要横长撇短；品字结构要上正左小右大。
8、耳部笔顺先横后竖再三横，在字左悬针改垂露，下横变提在右侧稍丰满些；居字上部悬针短。
9、米部在字左侧时横短竖长，捺变点；在字右边撇捺伸展；居字上部竖画的下部短；在字下部，竖画的上部短。
10、禾部用作左旁，撇橫间距拉开，竖偏右，捺改点；在右时，左撒收缩以让左；禾部在字上写法有两种：①下部伸展，禾部收缩；②下部收缩，则禾部散捺伸展。
总之，笔画之间要遵循上、下、左、右伸缩，高、低、顾、盼照应的规律。 三、相似偏旁部首的区别训练 行书写法简省笔画，再加之勾挑、牵丝相连，从而出现一些相似部首容易混淆。
因此，我们有必要对其分析，找出规律、异同，掌握正确的书写方法。 1、言字旁和三点水二者主要区别在第二笔。言字旁横折提的横折处实、重；三点水第二笔为右点收笔与第三笔虚连、轻。
2、提手旁和牛字旁都是一笔完成。区别是提手旁第一笔为横，牛字旁是撇折，因此，提手旁第一笔逆势过大很容易写成牛字旁。
3、木字旁与反犬旁区别：
①第一笔笔画和笔势不同，木旁为短横，由左至右上挑，反犬旁为撇，由右上至左下再上覆连弯钩。②第二笔木旁为竖，笔势直；反犬为弯钩，笔势弧形。
4、奉字头与卷字头区别在首笔，奉字头是横，卷字头为合两点，如将合两点写得过近，连丝过粗，近似短横，则二者就相像了。
5、四字头和血字底笔画、笔势相同，区别在最后一横。四字头横画缩在左竖与右折钩内，而血字横将二者托起。
6、立字旁和足字旁下部完全一样，不同点在上部：立旁是右点加斜横，足字旁是口为首，只要笔画与牵丝交待清晰，二者不难分辨。
7、示字旁与禾字旁区别在于起笔不同：示旁右点带钩呼出横画，禾旁为小撇，呼出横画；横竖画转接处不同，示旁在下部，禾旁在上部。
8、贝字旁与欠字旁运笔方法基本相同。要区分二者，第一、欠旁起笔为撇而且较长，撇出后回笔短；贝旁起笔竖且短，回锋长。第二、欠旁是撇折钩，弯头小；贝旁是竖弯折，弯头大。
9、左耳旁和右耳旁笔画、笔势完全相同，区分在于左耳旁不封口，竖为垂露且短些；右耳旁封口，竖为悬针且稍长。
10、绞丝旁与双人旁二者最大区别是双人旁第二笔为撇，之后笔不离纸由撇原路返至中间作竖向右上回锋，意连下一笔；绞丝旁折笔处是两弧形，无撇画、竖画，收笔回锋斜上作提。
通过具体字训练
笔画与偏旁是结字的基础，最终要结合成端庄、美观、令人赏心悦目的汉字。我们从思想上要有笔画之间是流动的，不是僵死的；笔画之间是呼应的，而不是孤立的这种连带或笔断意连意识。
1、连横训练
2、连竖训练
3、竖连横训练
4、连横连竖训练
5、横竖横相连训练
6、其它笔画相连的训练
毛笔行书
基本技法
笔法
笔法指执笔和用笔，写行书的人一般都练习过楷书，所以执笔和用笔都有了基础。但是，行书的笔法比楷书要丰富得多。要做到中锋用笔，方圆兼备，中、侧锋并用，点画之间以牵丝映带、似连非连、笔断势连的形式贯通气脉。
点画写法
行书点画要注意呼应，同时应在平整中取攲侧之势，在匀称之中得疏密之形，使之变化多姿，特别要注意的是，牵丝往来要有笔断意连之妙，运笔快慢要得疾涩相生之意。圆转处要劲气內敛，方折处要如削金断玉，明快洁净。
结构
行书结构千变万化，但基本原则是要重心平稳，变化自然，顾盼呼应。行书多用奔放之笔取攲侧之势，但无论如何奔放也要重心平稳，特别是攲侧中站稳重心，这种奇正相成的结构是行书的特点。行书多变化，变化要顺乎自然。字行大小、疏密、长短、伸缩、开合、俯仰、向背等自然之行，初写时要尽各字真态、本色，切忌故意造作，制奇弄险，走入流俗，能得自然之美方是真本领。至于点画之间顾盼生情，相互呼应要如闻其声，则字字都活泼而有生气了。
章法
行书章法多用纵有行、横无列，或纵无行，横无列两种。字与字之间要有內在联系，行与行之间要有意态呼应。不必故意笔笔相连，贵在气息贯注，笔断意连。通篇字的大小变化、疏密对比、伸缩之宜都要合乎自然，章法要如音乐之旋律，如诗词之有声律。诗词的“平平仄仄平平仄”抑扬顿挫，一如行书的疏密奇正伸缩，对比中求和谐，对立中求统一。虽是“疏可跑马，密不容针”，仍要密不迫塞，疏不散漫，总之要浑然一体，一气呵成，无意之佳为最妙。
练习方法
选笔
初学者在书写行书时，不论是行草还是行楷，因对毛笔的使用以及落笔的轻重缓急尚未把握，可以选择兼毫来使用，兼毫兼具了硬毫和软毫的优点，较为容易上手，而且使用兼毫吸墨量适宜，不会导致初学者在书写行书时停顿出现墨水团影响纸面。
挑选毛笔是挑毛尖。笔头要尖、齐、圆、键，即：笔头的锋颖既尖锐似锥又要圆润，笔头既要修削整齐，笔尖又要丰满，富有弹性。一般笔杆多用凤尾竹、湘妃竹、花竹、紫竹制成。挑选笔杆时要看笔管是否圆正光滑，不瘪、不裂、不弯、不斜，长短适度。笔杆上有篆刻的，要看它是否镌秀清晰；有镶嵌的，要看是否曲雅古朴。最后，要看笔头与笔杆是否粘牢，笔头有无发霉、虫蛀现象。先用手轻轻晃动笔头，不能出现松动现象，再轻轻弹笔杆，看是否有掉毛，有毛掉睛，不是虫蛀，便是发霉。检查毛笔笔头是否发霉，还可以闻闻有无霉味。
选字帖临摹
(1）挑选字帖。挑选一本孩子比较喜爱的、点画比较工整的、结体比较匀称的字帖来临摹。毛笔字帖，应挑选字体小一点的字帖，这样可省去缩小的工夫。
(2）先摹后临、临摹结合在习字时，要先摹后临、临摹结合。毛笔照着字帖上的字一点一画地描红。要求写的笔迹不要越出字帖字外，都写在字帖上字的点画中间。这样，久而久之，就容易学到字帖上字的结构。所谓临，就是把字帖放在习字纸旁；照着帖上的字依样画葫芦。要求点画写得象，有轻重节奏和粗细的变化。这样，久而久之，就容易学到字帖上字的笔意。由于临书比摹书难，因此要先摹后临，由于临和摹是两种相辅相成的学字手段，因此要临摹结合，循序渐进。
(3）仔细读贴。再者，临摹前要仔细读帖。对帖上的字，其点画怎样书写，结构怎样安排，章法怎样布置，都要仔细琢磨并从中找出规律，这样就容易写得有兴趣，也容易写得象，写得好。临摹时，不能贪多贪快，每天坚持一、二小时，反复地临摹几个字，这样才会有真正的收获。对难写的字，更要知难而上，多临摹，多比较。
坚持练习
练习，持之以恒地坚持下去。一般来说，有一年左右的时间就可以书写出一手漂亮的行书。
练习行书在开始的时候有一个适应的阶段，熟能生巧，从一个字到一段字，从几个字、一行字到一篇字，逐渐掌握行书的规律，慢慢也就形成了属于你自己的行书风格。要善于从多方面吸取营养，名人题字，商家牌匾，学校老师甚至是同学之间，只要认真观察，都可以找到别人写的好字，学会了，就成了自己的字。
行书技巧
增加钩挑与牵丝
楷书书写要一笔一画、工工整整，行书则不然，是将点画连起来书写，即所谓“相间流行”，所以行书书写时在点心之间自然地出现或增加了由于用笔带出来的钩挑和牵丝。所谓钩挑是在原来没有钩挑的点画上，行笔时顺势写出来短钩，如“茂”等字。所谓牵丝则是在前后或上下笔本不相连的点画之间，顺笔势带出来细细的牵丝，如“发”“想”等字。在行书的点画之间有了钩挑与牵丝，则显得笔势流动通畅和谐，意态自然，给人一种生机勃勃的感觉。
注意：
钩挑与牵丝不能使用太多太弱，用多了，到处都是钩挑与细牵丝，显得用笔不干净利索，造型不美观；太弱了，钩脚如肉瘤，细丝如棉线，显得软弱无力，缺乏铁画银钩之健美。
以圆转代方折
行书转折处多采用草书圆转的写法，所以行书才显得笔势流畅。但需注意，行书的圆转中隐含着折意，写时仍需要驻笔、提按，否则圆润而无力，缺乏方圆兼备，方中有圆，圆中有方之妙趣，如“后”、“落”、“生”等字。
改变书写笔顺
小学老师强调写字注意笔顺，这确实是很重要，特别是楷书。然而在行书中，有时有意识地改变楷书的书写笔顺，而采用草书的笔顺，其目的是便于书写，同时也是为了造型的变化多姿，如“感”字。
注意：
一般地说行书写法也足先上后下先左后右，先内后外，但有时却反其道而行之，倒也别有风趣，如“风”“国”字等，但也必须注意，改变书写笔顺一定要因势利导，要合乎草书的规范。且不宜多，偶见则收，方能成趣，如果滥用成灾，使人乏味，就失败了。
用笔灵活
行书比楷书用笔灵活多变，同样的点画可以这样写，可以那样写，不受约束。如“也”字的浮鹅钩，一般是回锋收笔而出。但如果勾端由上翻笔而下也可以。又如木字旁，一般是写好横画和竖画后、笔势总是从左边带出撇挑，但从右边挑笔而上，然后顺笔就势写出撇挑，也有道理。如“杨”字。
起笔露锋入纸
楷书无论是点、横，还是撇、捺，都强调减锋为主。而在行书中起笔处以露锋人纸为多，因为露锋人纸，书写起来比较简捷方便，自然流畅，例如“生”字的左竖，“红”字的撇画及“工”字横画的起笔，“河”字三点水的侧点等，都是露锋人纸。然而必须说明的是，上面所说的字虽然都是露锋人纸，但不是随便的顺锋搭下一写，而是仍要“逆锋”，只是这个“逆锋”是要求凌空取势，即抢锋。不理解这一点，就会犯落笔尖细软弱的毛病。
注意：
露锋入纸，取势要求要快，写出字来，笔意就生动活泼．而藏锋取势较慢，笔意含蓄凝重。这两种写法各有所长，我们书写时相互结合掺用，这样可以各得其所，相得益彰。一般说，行书开头的起笔往往是露锋入纸，而以下的承笔处则多数是藏锋用笔。
以点代替其他笔画
为书写简便敏捷，行书常常以“点”来代替其他笔画，以短小的“点”代替其他较长大的笔画，可以使字的结构形态发生变化，造型更为别致。如将“京”，“影”字中的“小一字改写为三点则更敏捷，字型发生了变化，显得饶有趣味。又如“大”字，将捺笔写成侧点来表示，这样书写起来简捷流畅，造型也显得精悍朴实，别具风味。
体态多变
行书是介于楷书与草书之间的一种兼工带写的字体，它的使用范围很广，表现力丰富，常常一个字有几种写法，体态多变，姿态各异，如“是”字有四种写法，四个姿态，结尾收笔各有不同，有收有放，亦工亦草，情趣盎然。再如“英、落、草、奠、花”同是草字头，但写法各不相同，生动活泼，耐人寻味。如果同样的字或是字头字尾相同的字，写得千篇一律，没有变化，使人看了乏味，那就不称其为书法了。
运笔的技巧
中锋行笔
中锋行笔就是要使笔锋保持在点画中间行笔。中锋行笔是用笔的关键，是书法的生命。要能达到中锋行笔，就要在行笔时掌握好掌竖、腕平、笔杆直，同时还要随着墨液缓缓下流而不断调正笔锋，“令笔心常在点画中行”。篆、隶、楷书是这样，行书亦如此，如“乎”、“本”字除落笔和收笔外，中间所有的点画都是中锋行笔，“华”字亦是。
划重点：中锋行笔，笔迹圆润、道劲，妍美。
裹锋转笔
所谓裹锋转笔即是在转折处，用笔使毫不能太铺，要有所收敛，同时笔杆要稍加使转，以圆转代替方折，如“思”、“里”、“风”字的转角处即是。行书之所以比楷书书写简便，其中一个原因，就是以圆转代替方折。裹锋转笔，转折处玲珑流利，有一种活泼、自然的流动感。蔡邕在《九势》中所说的“转笔宜左右回顾，无使节目孤露”就是指裹锋转笔。但要注意裹锋转笔处，必须圆转中隐含折意，故书写时仍需驻笔、提按，否则圆而无骨，缺乏方圆兼备之妙趣。
折锋转笔
所谓折锋转笔，即转笔时如同写楷书一样，先提后折，顿笔后再调锋而下，只是书写速度略快些，转折处投有楷书那么方折，而是既看出是方折之意，又有圆浑之感，有骨有肉，骨肉兼备，即所谓“方中有回，圆中有方”。使人看了圆润、浑厚、劲挺。欲如此，则折锋转笔处要有方折的意味，折时要重些，轻重提按要一笔小苟，不能一笔带过。折锋转笔写出来的折画，不仅要方而见骨，而且要给人一种风骨挺立，神采飞扬的感觉。如“曲”“故”“总”字。
划重点：行书中的折笔写法，不外折锋转笔和裹锋转笔两种用笔。折锋转笔外露，裹锋转笔内含，各有千秋，但一般说在行书中以裹锋转笔为主，折锋转笔为辅。
衄锋勒笔
衄锋勒笔，就是点画中间稍用力顿挫一下，再中锋勒笔而出。衄锋勒笔大多数是用在反撩与撇的交接处，如“又”、“文”、“交”字的反捺中间用笔。衄锋勒笔，用笔收敛蓄势，短小精悍，而形态也有变化。这种用笔米芾书法中常用。
划重点：衄锋勒笔在衄锋时要有力，勒笔处要迅速，捺画末笔要收得住。
提锋连笔
提锋连笔即提笔连锋，也就是在点画相连处用笔提而不断，锋尖着纸带出牵丝。凡是点画间有牵丝相连者都是提笔连锋用笔。这种用笔的好处是：“是点画处皆重，非画处，偶相牵引，其笔皆轻。”（姜夔《续书谱》）且主次分明叉递相映带，如“墨”、“照”、“然”的点画牵引处。
在书写过程中，提和按，连和断，互为辩证的关系。提锋连笔是牵丝的写法，非牵丝处都是字的实画。我们在学习过程中，一定要注意用笔要实，不能虚，用笔要按不能提。只有按得下，方能提得起，只有实是实，方能虚是虚。
字组黄金法则
书法的形式是各种造型的组合关系。例如点画与点画的组合、结体与结体的组合、字组的组合、行的组合、区域的组合，直至笔墨与空白的组合等。这些组合从小到大，随着组合关系的不断扩大，审美内涵也逐渐丰富。
行书的结构和章法的规则要求主要是：结体大小轻重要适当，长短纵横要合度，疏密黑白要相称，左右欹正相呼应，使之错落变化，气势贯通，协调统一，神定气足。
以米芾的《苕溪诗帖》为例子，来窥探米颠他这部旷世作品里常见字与字之间的呼应的关系，进行一个简单的总结和归类。
欹正组合
欹正是指部分偏旁、部首或局部作倾斜、欹侧处理，又能倾而不倒，平中寓奇，增加字的变化和意外的奇趣。欹正得体就是说，歪的与正的阴阳配合到完美，指字写的很完美。
浓淡组合
书法是通过墨来表现的，墨法是书法的四大要素之一被书家重视。墨色的变化，一般有“浓、淡、干、湿、涨”。作品中的墨色的深浅枯润，可以造成雄奇或秀媚的书法意境。
大小组合
在行书作品中，字的大小是宾主关系，主次分明。把较大的笔画较粗的主字分布原则掌握了，较小的笔画较细的字分布原则也是一样的。
行书与草书组合
首先是字型结构方面，草书的字型变化很大，大小不一，不是内行的话一般很难辨认。而行书大小就比较一致了，看起来很工整。其次是笔法方面，草书笔法相对复杂些，且运笔较疾。而行书相对缓和，其锋刃体现在字形上，和草书有所区别。最后是章法。草书的章法是在起承转合中一气呵成，有一种大将风范。而行书则像一位隐士，不失工整，却又不乏气场。
粗细组合
线条，尤其是行书的线条，其轻、重、长、短、粗、细、浓、淡、枯、润等等，变化无穷，仪态万千，技法俱分高下，情态尽在其中。难怪有人说书法是“线条艺术”。
行书线条有其艺术法则的规范性。不是任何随意抹画出来的线条都可称之为行书艺术的线条，他们必须符合行书法则规范性要求并经过长期技法训练之后才能被书者所拥有。
这种规范性要求是客观的，不依书者主观意志为转移。书者只有在掌握了规范性要求的前提下方能发展和张扬其个性。区分写字与书法，必须首先看其是否具有“法度意识”即“规范意识”，是否符合规范性要求。
连体组合
连画写法在行书中，除了横、竖、撇、挑、捺、点、折、勾外，还常常有多个笔画连在一起写的情况，简称连笔或连画。连画的式虽然纷繁复杂，但分解起来，无非是直线弧线、转和折的组合。直线和爪线较易分辨，也较易书写，只要及时运腕，做到中锋行笔即可，比较不易分清的是转和折。书写复杂的连画时，必须注意灵活运腕和转折相间等原则。
横纵组合
主要表现为点画、部件或整体字形的长宽比例。楷书字形一般比例较为稳定，而行书则常随时进行调整。
省略组合
一般情况是凡字的固有笔画则重些，而两画之间的连接相应轻些，但不可截然跳动，否则呆板无神。牵丝形成连的效果是行书的主要特征之一，但却要运用得当。一味的牵连缠绕，当断不断，反而弄巧成拙，形成浮滑薄弱之病，是行书书写中的大忌。一位书法家讲过“连与断效果不同，连易断难，故当知断”。因此将牵丝引带与点画呼应分开来讲以区别它们的不同功用，这是行书的又一重要特征。
疏密组合
疏密体现在结字上，就是要加强对比，制造视觉反差。如势巧形密与意疏字缓。
排列组合
从汉字的特点和人的生理习惯来看，因为是右手写字，左手执册个字的笔顺自然是从上至下，自左而右的方便。如果从右往左写，写左半部时，毛笔势必挡住右半字形，不便于安排结构，影响结字的美观。而每个汉字的未笔都是在中下或右下，写完上一字的末笔紧接着写下一字的起笔，竖式书写比横式书写更方便，更便于笔势的连贯。
十大行书
第一行书
《兰亭序》是王羲之47岁时的书作，记述的是王羲之和友人雅士会聚兰亭的盛游之事。全篇从容娴和，气盛神凝，逸笔天成，匠心独运而又不毫无安排造作的痕迹。这样资质超群、功力深厚的作品，被评“为天下第一行书”，确实是当之无愧的。
第二行书
《祭侄文稿》，全名《祭侄赠赞善大夫季明文》。原作纸本，纵28.8厘米。横75.5厘米，共234字(另有涂抹字30余个)。现藏台北故宫博物院。颜真卿这篇《祭侄文草稿》是在极度悲愤的情绪下书写，顾不得笔墨的工拙，故字随书家情绪起伏，纯是精神和平时功力的自然流露。这在整个书法史上都是不多见的。可以说，《祭侄文稿》是极具史料价值和艺术价值的墨迹原作之一，至为宝贵。
第三行书
《黄州寒食诗帖》，纸本，25行，共129字，是苏轼行书的代表作。这是一首遣兴的诗作，是苏轼被贬黄州第三年的寒食节所发出的人生之叹。诗写得苍凉多情，表达了苏轼其时惆怅孤独的心情。《黄州寒食诗帖》彰显动势，洋溢着起伏的情绪。元朝鲜于枢把它称为继王羲之《兰亭序》、颜真卿《祭侄稿》之后的"天下第三行书"。
第四行书
《伯远帖》行书纸本，因首行有“伯远”二字，遂以帖名。此帖为晋代真迹，王珣书，故列希珍之宝。此帖行书，笔力遒劲，态致萧散，妍媚流便，是典型的王氏书风。是帖明末在新安吴新宇处，后归吴廷，曾刻入《馀清斋帖》，至清代时归入内府，并与王羲之《快雪时晴帖》、王献之《中秋帖》同列为三希堂法帖之一，现藏北京故宫博物院。
第五行书
《韭花帖》，杨凝式书，墨迹麻纸本，高26厘米，宽28厘米，共7行，63字。《韭花帖》是一封信札，内容是叙述午睡醒来，腹中甚饥之时，恰逢有人馈赠韭花，韭花非常可口，遂执笔以表示谢意。
第六行书
《蒙诏帖》，墨迹纸本，又名《翰林帖》，高26.8厘米，长57.4厘米，大字行书，计7行，27字，书于长庆元年(公元821年)，当时柳公权四十四岁，年富力强，正是他书法创作的颠峰期，所以字如惊鸿击空。
第七行书
《张翰思鲈帖》也称《季鹰帖》，是欧阳询为张翰写的小传，属于行楷，无款。纸本，纵25.2厘米，横33厘米。共10行，每行九至十一字。字体修长严谨，笔力刚劲挺拨，风格平正中见险峻之势，是欧书中的精品。
第八行书
《蜀素帖》是米芾三十八岁时(1088年)，在蜀素上所书的各体诗八首。此帖用笔多变，正侧藏露，长短粗细，体态万千，充分体现了他“刷字”的独特风格。结字也俯仰斜正，变化极大，并以欹侧为主，表现了动态的美感。董其昌在《蜀素帖》后跋曰：“此卷如狮子搏象，以全力赴之，当为生平合作。”
第九行书
《松风阁诗帖》墨迹纸本，纵32.8厘米横219.2厘米，全文计29行，153字。台北故宫博物院藏。
黄庭坚的行书，如《松风阁》，起笔处欲右先左，由画中藏锋逆入至左顿笔，然后平出，“无平不陂”，下笔着意变化；收笔处回锋藏颖。善藏锋，注意顿挫，以“画竹法作书”给人以“沉着痛快”的感觉。
第十行书
《土母帖》，行书墨迹，纸本。纵31.2厘米，横44.4厘米，10行，共104字。后有萧引高、王严实、王称等跋。《珊瑚纲》《书画汇考》《墨缘汇观》《石渠宝笈续编》著录。台北故宫博物院藏。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书，又称“行押书”，也称“藁书”，是介于楷书和草书之间的一种书体。楷书稍加连贯，点画略带呼应，就是行书。行书写起来比楷书快，又比草书容易识认，所以是应用最广的书体。它既实用，又美观，写起来便捷。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4aE402auGgSmmtW0KQep9N"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书分类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncUyaQmms04Sa2zFsbUI2ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书大致以其作品所具有的楷书和草书成分，划分为两类：作品中楷书成分较多的称之为行楷或楷行、真行：作品中草书成分较多的则称之为行草或草行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneY8iG0IKOSicElqlROpOTf"},,"attrs":{"height":240,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行书分类","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1e6d4cfb4c724fe2a50bc9fe27bff8dc","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnMiMuEeu6KU4Y6CxkhgVSwg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKCIIoaIocYeGw32CPfbbHg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcns0IOUKCaUeqMc34iSKLlUq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的书写姿势不只是为了好看，还可以使书写技能得到充分、有效地发挥，有助于书写者的身心健康。书写姿势同时也反映出书写者的修养，只有身正才会字正。正确的姿势应是头正、身直、肩平、胸舒、臂开、足安。（如下图）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8wqMMEEiWK8OiSzYNHJStb"},,"attrs":{"height":226,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"书写姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a40508b1d7ef468ab40fdfcd01534c40","width":490},"text":"","id":"doxcnSUKKakM2KekcminomBeyLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、头部端正：头要居中，稍向前下方俯视，眼睛与纸面一尺距离，不可俯得太低，也不可左偏、右斜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY8s24cQaSg82y03cujOMIS"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、身直肩平：臀部平坐于椅子中间大部，不能扭向一边，两肩平齐，上身不弯曲，使上身重心安稳。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngQwUUyUQUkM4uefGQBv2gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、臂开胸舒：两臂自然开张，两肘平放桌面，保持一线，腹背挺直，胸口与桌沿保持一拳距离，使呼吸顺畅。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSoYiKiMyo0oYG4KjKiM9Ed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、腿开足安：两腿分开，与肩同宽，自然下垂，内侧保持平行，两脚平放地上，使全身平衡。正确的书写姿势，才能使字写得端正，重心平衡。同时，正确的姿势也会给人的身体带来益处。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcns6mMuygeoOAAbeNdCTR3sR"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"执笔方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMwOuYqCOUmyOElewXFfoue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"执笔方法不正确，不但妨碍书写姿势，影响书写质量，还会给书写者身心健康带来危害，不可忽视。根据笔的自身特点，硬笔是三指执笔法，斜拿。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKOyeGgCKysSuoR4AWMSTlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的执笔方法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4Y2OUi0EcSesIUbc1vozpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①用拇指、食指、中指三个指头捏住笔杆（三指处于同一平面）；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngiwu0UCAOYacIu6KGL2H3r"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②指尖距笔尖约2.5cm~3cm（两指左右）；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY6kCIqw0i082UZUfuDnTDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③所有指关节都向外弯；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWqouSwww48YQ45GHVukRNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④笔杆位于食指的根部（如下图）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkoKMOqEkee8w8Vu8sYbtOg"},,"attrs":{"height":306,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"执笔方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2476017c5da14695a5b88c8300e664d5","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnk2eq26YwUeQye0miiDVODh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同时，还要做到：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmkYyAe0YMcmwsNUG9hBGmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①指实：拇指、食指、中指来自三方的力量，处在与笔杆垂直的同一圆角上，将笔杆夹牢，松紧适度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8MAI8SUaSEEowxU0syE1Rf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②掌虚：无名指和小指紧随中指下部依次靠拢，并向掌心弯曲、虛握。小指的整个底部形成一个环形底座，虚贴桌面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYqGg4KaqUsUm4I9Irngdfe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③杆斜：笔杆向右后方倾斜，紧靠在食指第三关节与虎口方向，与桌面呈45°角。如果写较大的字，手指向前伸直，笔杆与纸面角度减小；书写较小的字手指向掌心收缩，笔杆与纸面角度大，宜于精離细琢。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWGwGcMy8qowe4sTzMLSAvd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsaya08WYQEEgOA9x1F1eDg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6WKOMyA0IiGeeq3QniKiwd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnawaQGACeGAi4A9G4AT0UCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"具备一支书写流畅的钢笔，是开始练习行书的基础条件。众所周知，随着技术的发展进步，签字笔已经深入到社会生活的各个方面，我们在绝大部分时候都是使用签字笔来写字，使用钢笔的时候比较少。但是想要练习好行书，则必须要有一支书写流畅的钢笔。钢笔不同于签字笔，它可以更好地适应行书的书写顺序，保证书写出来的行书更加漂亮。明尖笔，弹性略大一点，笔画变化稍大，更适合书法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEAOAGWos4YIA0nNNjF1oZ7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐钢笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYwCceOkKmec2ADd4rKqTZb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"适合练字的钢笔，日笔应该比欧笔更适合一些。推荐白金3776，百乐78G，写乐21K等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4IuGQ8eQO2oostFB9eXqxh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选字帖临摹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnycuY0ckCq0eciOKdFwPLIe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"买一本包含常用字在内的行书字体进行模仿练习是练习行书的基本方法。我们常说先学会走路再学会跑，如果还没有学会走路是不可能学会跑的。练习行书也是如此，首先是要学会名家的习作，学会他们的书写方式，照着样子先临摹、描红，然后再过渡到自己来练习书写。在具体选择的时候，一定要选用包括常用字在内的字帖，这样更加有利于今后的具体实践使用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneCiuKQMIwUs8CWBJHmBafc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"适合练习的字帖推荐以下启功《论书绝句百首》、梁鼎光的《钢笔临帖》、田英章老师的字帖、顾仲安的字帖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8QWMYKeaA8AWSEuXAihhyc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"坚持练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWiO0OWMcK88GWYnoQZnF3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写好行书并非一朝一夕之功，需要长时间的练习才能成功。对于初学者来说，如果有一定的书法基础，可以很快上手练习行书。如果还没有练习其他字体的书法基础，最好是先练习正楷字、钢笔字然后再过渡到行书的书写，这是学习的一个循序渐进的过程。因此，练习行书没有捷径可以走，有的就是每天坚持练习，持之以恒地坚持下去。一般来说，有一年左右的时间就可以书写出一手漂亮的行书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8aoyKwWaQec4WCK3D6nuRc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"连笔意识训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Gms0uSOc2S0Cu3LPF6tad"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGCoc6OEYwk6oI1CFDJi6Rh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要写好硬笔行书，首先要了解行书的运笔特点，即行书是流动的楷书，它的基本笔画就反映了这一特征。因此，我们通过基本笔画训练，逐渐掌握行书运笔要领，为写好行书奠定基础。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnScECckGgIqYWcrQ83Iu5Db"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、点画：行书点虽小，但很重要，起着笔画的起止、过渡、装饰、承上启下、画龙点睛的作用。点有独立点、组合点两种。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnouAoKEIIIkYA2rdaxDWlAf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"独立点，写法如楷书笔画中撇点，右下顿笔由轻到重转向左下，方向视下一笔画起笔位置而定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEUqk2WKKe6uGSIceKiXVpb"},,"attrs":{"height":80,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1fbdd0fc295f4a3a815a2b0f3d6b67ad","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnw2OQEIcW4wWy6xC8LxP6Nc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"组合点，横式排列、竖式排列，重点体现出点与点之间的呼应关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6si2cc4mWEqKaAlZt0LXch"},,"attrs":{"height":384,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/11b7945f5cb546d3aa8f56b557856e6e","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnauKumWsSUEsygh07G1gA6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、横画：行书横画在字中起平衡作用，随意性大，起、收笔变化多端，短横有时处理成点，数横并存忌平行划一，要姿态各异。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn604qGyKGyuSGYr3jMVZbeu"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短横：起笔轻，收笔重，末端收笔可向左下勾出，以呼应下一笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUI2e8UGeQ0cq0Uio4iKv5z"},,"attrs":{"height":123,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/33364bc4a3d44c36a984600ad68c41db","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcniam0CGK4WAkccrA5SLvR2b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长横：起笔向左下轻落笔，快而有力向右运笔，驻笔后左下方出锋运笔中间轻、两头重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCAuuAGEKE8SyUNGuXQdDAg"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/de867c5dfe5040f793c15991deef8dc5","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn6sS6aMkq4yK8A4fEFbiWhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、竖画：竖画有左竖、右竖、短竖、悬针、垂露之分。左竖向右上回锋与下笔呼应；右竖向左下出锋引带下画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm68iwScaOMYigna9iEeC9g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"悬针竖：垂直书写，出锋不可随意甩出，以免轻浮。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8wkQYuIYAguqSomBUypzJd"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f35393ac415d4036a585bd61f1fb8916","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnK2wwyiIAImOMuMmhXnVWFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"垂露竖：收尾呈露珠状，但不一定垂直，往往左侧向左凸，右侧向右凸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnasEqqkQ6kWc0WgqZNleuic"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/001c7a5eca7a4696a423645cae83d76c","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnSOmY6GqC6AKA4YxA5iB17c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、撇画：撇在字中是支撑重心作用，具有较强的运动感，其特点飘逸劲健，灵动活泼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoEYeUIeIGuEMEd8HDRRLfd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"小撇：乃字之精神，写法与楷书同。要注意长短、粗细及笔的走向，出锋锐利。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4AUQsicgYYgCWmahZUC3nf"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/787d504d437b41e4a6ca927aa8225742","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnqkWesoGi2YKaeoGforcowf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长撇：中间部分要粗些，但勿过分，笔法与楷书同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGYMyKM4eiOcAykrzHfjCWf"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0cc89e15f85447cb8ea62400b62b882f","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnGUYEWiOISo6YUG5Fcjmtpu"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"回带撇：起笔、中间部分与楷同，只是收笔处回锋出钩，以连带下面笔画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoOCEmY8sGGOaoTxSp11PBf"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c151d3c9337b4869a1c6729eedabb67a","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn8KGkYWYkgaIOA3SbSc2rRK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、捺画：在字中支撑字的重心，姿态飘逸，一波三折，给人以流动的美。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuEQC8ywieE8sgJc0w7d1Sb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"斜捺：由轻到重再轻收笔出锋，与左撇呼应，行书中亦可写成反捺或捺点：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO28eWMYAqsaUQ5yt13vn9g"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6136180da8494cac99a53e5217575bc0","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnWWweE2aYMK8Uqo1Iei83ad"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"平捺：写法同捺，关键把握好它的角度和长短。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuCk4I0waigQC4wVFCwSmHb"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c2edf6f4fa5047f1985d836dde0bd3ba","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnI8Ss42GsgyyGQpj2Rd0fSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、钩画：钩画种类繁多（竖钩、横钩、卧钩、斜钩、弯钩、竖弯钩、横折钩、横折弯钩等），要做到稳重而有气势，体现出内在力量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnweMCQssyieeWOKSnTLf5Id"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"橫钩：逆势起笔与上笔遥相呼应，转角处不必像楷书那样严格，但要有力；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEsiy8EW08SswoJ0zoojdGg"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/360d04f73a124935a82545ba51b8202c","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnaukIcI8SegciADGFiLglhe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"竖钩：竖垂直钩处多变，可向左上勾出，亦可作左下方出锋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyeYa40QaOcKUQjUBI7wJYe"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/83a689053c144fa0bb7fb8d33086f32b","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcny06UWciUe0cqe8nyn8dUxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、折画：折画一般在字的外围，对字包围之势，书写要有力度，笔势内聚，使字不散。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqOCI4kik4uUQOyl4hD6Ric"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"竖折：由上至左下快速落笔，蓄势向右上方徐徐运笔，中间微上凸；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmKCeyG2oUOCIE3gZAvL6Je"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/dac63cf650b44b9b9f49dac8e4663716","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnWgS4OqKQYK2kYzKhbSMgee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"横折：起笔重落，徐向右运笔，拐弯处快速向下弯去，至收笔处稍驻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMuc8SqYcoCIW8tukQR1sAd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、提画：提画尖锐挺拔，劲健有力，能增加字的力度和速度，美观。可分为短提、长提、撇提。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAIc6MuesGSyAqmcah60tUh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"提：行书提起笔由上而左下迅速落笔，稍驻回笔向右上方迅速挑出，出锋尖利。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkKUUcs6eywEoI12Bnbj897"},,"attrs":{"height":80,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过笔画练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/413c6246c1d74286b19006478a7d3d31","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcncyuEgC0eykCGULn3xAzMVf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnakuS2WOOA4W66Qy7BrISGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"偏旁部首是笔画的初步组合，虽然行书没有一定书写规则，但笔画走向却有相对固定写法。因此，我们依照人们的书写习惯，约定俗成的写法来领会，并举一反三。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny2MkeqIaUQWK2YpfiX27cw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一、偏旁部首的练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaoQEkUwiSakI2Td7ejvdkg"},,"attrs":{"height":480,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9b5e3ff98a9b4db68cdcad759409cebd","width":301},"text":"","id":"doxcnmA2QUUsSEcGYmutFIfyDTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"二、偏旁部首在字中不同位置的变化写法训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUesAoU2Y8Ykw8rlKc3QZdf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"偏旁部首出现于字的上、下、左、右、里、外不同位置时，写法也不尽相同，使得汉字书写千变万化。我们了解了这些变化要领，就可以触类旁通，掌握书写规则，熟习它们的变化规律，举一反三，就可收到事半功倍的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniQ0sEw4oUYwwoBChGf9ebg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、土部在左时竖画偏右，下横改提以让右；在字右部时，两横间距拉开：在字上、下时，两横间距紧凑，避免结构松散。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2CCkAuyKmIOI6L2vFXkztd"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0af41ffb87d04dcc82b7bfc9b42ba488","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnMsK2WESqoEiqKUY0IGShnh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、火部在字左侧斜撇改为竖撇，捺变点收缩；居字上部笔画收缩，改捺为点；如在字右部或下部撇捺向两边伸展。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnggoCmqUSKecQ0MaZM2Paeh"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/eeebae2d7979437ba6fd3ad2d2530c84","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn2s6Aae4oWSUIiqm98u96Ac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、木部在左时横短竖长且偏右，捺改点；在右时横短竖长，撇捺伸展；在字上竖较短，撇捺张开；在字下横画长，竖带钩，撇捺改点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncacUGAgeokiy8EVMkDPsTH"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a8c7266cdbc247bab3c0b69bd55b08a9","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnQmMme0SoAEi80Yiuvytgwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、日部竖画柔和自然，横折与竖画协调，中横居中不要太满，底横不可超出右竖。作左偏旁时较窄；在字右部地位适中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsMgeM6k0myGqeg2Z54zZJe"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b07c184b095d46fcb29a2f2d5aa10c3e","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnWW0CkEcqCmeuaUh0HfRNog"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、月部竖撇较长，里面两横偏上不写满。月旁在左写得瘦窄些；在右侧写得丰满些。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMEGyaOWI2MSSGAxxesNmAf"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0533b72235844564877fe4162198fe03","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnQuesucyGOQGAQdNilSBHwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、方部点斜取势，横与点保持间距，弯钩重心。方在左横画右边不能长；在字下部点与横相交。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoO4sA8iwwisaWemxEIfBWd"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7dd29e23e18948fabfa7cccc4c10ebe7","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn6YoAW6oWcMyKEf7WPqMJXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、石部在左位置偏上，字形略小，以让右；在字下部要横长撇短；品字结构要上正左小右大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWmcsQaq0kGaSQTcVxk0q7f"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9342f31800c54b8ab56f0f0d2ee84255","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnsaCWsGGKm4EcTizCRXWYlV"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、耳部笔顺先横后竖再三横，在字左悬针改垂露，下横变提在右侧稍丰满些；居字上部悬针短。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEUWGMEoOQIKeUMwOcU1agq"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7e86a6d4028a44cd9e589fe27eb9923f","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcniCQsGI8QeaKIIr0GybZWzb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9、米部在字左侧时横短竖长，捺变点；在字右边撇捺伸展；居字上部竖画的下部短；在字下部，竖画的上部短。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKeMA6E2uw4WKukc3qURTzg"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/989aa10495cf497bbdcf70cfe495fc6e","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnk0KYmI00yW02KcWhzaXl5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"10、禾部用作左旁，撇橫间距拉开，竖偏右，捺改点；在右时，左撒收缩以让左；禾部在字上写法有两种：①下部伸展，禾部收缩；②下部收缩，则禾部散捺伸展。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSagqI8kcWsmYkFVW3oX6Mc"},,"attrs":{"height":96,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/88cf217e36844147bbc244c4a267a610","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnM4mKuIAmSMemmqNAPkFODe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"总之，笔画之间要遵循上、下、左、右伸缩，高、低、顾、盼照应的规律。\n三、相似偏旁部首的区别训练\n","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"行书写法简省笔画，再加之勾挑、牵丝相连，从而出现一些相似部首容易混淆。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnciwugAsi8iQs8x41KnHlnd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"因此，我们有必要","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"对其分析，找出规律、异同，掌握正确的书写方法。\n","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"1、言字旁和三点水二者主要区别在第二笔。言字旁横折提的横折处实、重；三点水第二笔为右点收笔与第三笔虚连、轻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQoEkQiWMaSsKYBpFrYuftg"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fd1a6a74366142adbf7b3017f1e45fe5","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnCoC2yIas6SQ0GTr64LXZgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、提手旁和牛字旁都是一笔完成。区别是提手旁第一笔为横，牛字旁是撇折，因此，提手旁第一笔逆势过大很容易写成牛字旁。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMG8sko60y8AQiOLzj5X3Ob"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/76bc21d0e08345c3b9846cec581829f2","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnUu8uiOyQSAaM6C7S2KnYIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、木字旁与反犬旁区别：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQS6ea6EwoaAq2jPQlDjw1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①第一笔笔画和笔势不同，木旁为短横，由左至右上挑，反犬旁为撇，由右上至左下再上覆连弯钩。②第二笔木旁为竖，笔势直；反犬为弯钩，笔势弧形。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaUMuiqSMUo6KwdgfLG5uad"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/260ad4c2456645de98a044ea520f5975","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnOU4CuYaQc0uACepy2epVZf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、奉字头与卷字头区别在首笔，奉字头是横，卷字头为合两点，如将合两点写得过近，连丝过粗，近似短横，则二者就","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"相像","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWKG8oUKWsce4YLkSj3YJXg"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/791c0b78ac8642e8860dee2e5a5cd632","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnK6Q4kIWggumuGCvQcO3STb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、四字头和血字底笔画、笔势相同，区别在最后一横。四字头横画缩在左竖与右折钩内，而血字横将二者托起。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCSiI6AwYOa8UghQvoBzPZc"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ea706968b9bf49678554192d8150cb19","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn0AAgcwOMmAcMnvqUZUeRbi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、立字旁和足字旁下部完全一样，不同点在上部：立旁是右点加斜横，足字旁是口为首，只要笔画与牵丝交待清晰，二者不难分辨。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn48wkqOosgm0YE99tyiyfWh"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/519166a675f54aaabfa73202fcca982d","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnUAESoqY4MeiWA37Alvwdac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、示字旁与禾字旁区别在于起笔不同：示旁右点带钩呼出横画，禾旁为小撇，呼出横画；横竖画转接处不同，示旁在下部，禾旁在上部。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM2qAMQQqWwIuKseGyWLQuh"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/32318d6657204aab9d0a86c6821551ce","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn662UUI4w6OikER4c9QpkUe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、贝字旁与欠字旁运笔方法基本相同。要区分二者，第一、欠旁起笔为撇而且较长，撇出后回笔短；贝旁起笔竖且短，回锋长。第二、欠旁是撇折钩，弯头小；贝旁是竖弯折，弯头大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwM22o8KUakEOW4ji7mnv88"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/015d2ea4bd124825afc7296832d4e80f","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnAAkAusMmaqOgiGi7TcfrIf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9、左耳旁和右耳旁笔画、笔势完全相同，区分在于左耳旁不封口，竖为垂露且短些；右耳旁封口，竖为悬针且稍长。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWowuEOEe6i0IeoIKMWEpXf"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c117bb052a9c4079a5b2834bde2267dc","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnqy6kUyg0a8C4AZXt4uuEXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"10、绞丝旁与双人旁二者最大区别是双人旁第二笔为撇，之后笔不离纸由撇原路返至中间作竖向右上回锋，意连下一笔；绞丝旁折笔处是两弧形，无撇画、竖画，收笔回锋斜上作提。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSyqAKukYUSEG6niaBJjQVd"},,"attrs":{"height":120,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过偏旁部练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e95dc279e97c42ab8cfe82456e844380","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnocU4S04eK4ySe0lGdlF7ic"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过具体字训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEkKyCI2ewomYGbZ4XwwJ6X"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔画与偏旁是结字的基础，最终要结合成端庄、美观、令人赏心悦目的汉字。我们从思想上要有笔画之间是流动的，不是僵死的；笔画之间是呼应的，而不是孤立的这种连带或笔断意连意识。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuY2W4AQECEq6S84z5NTlFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、连横训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY0E6eCeKq6q20o4I9w0Wpe"},,"attrs":{"height":48,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过具体字训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/de514a527afa451da724b5eb84f9e3ae","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnowoKeWMIOMOiGqMQOKXUFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、连竖训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKoe2ecsg80aC0U2KKIpQ2b"},,"attrs":{"height":48,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过具体字训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b6e0fb21cd314e57902ac0e6999b1ed5","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn26uwuEGqcwCEh4IehFqxG5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、竖连横训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCiYyK2C46AUU4murhPnFRe"},,"attrs":{"height":48,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过具体字训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a60844c6b94a49e2afdd79f7006bc67e","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn46IE2KwisWCiEFEulnKQZc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、连横连竖训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyweIYkaagWIkILgsisFWEg"},,"attrs":{"height":48,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过具体字训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3589c8e6502b470494617bcdb9cf4af7","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcn4OYUciQs0USowBABzZ8XOg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、横竖横相连训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuAAeCU8OWKGiIVrQ9aLwMe"},,"attrs":{"height":48,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过具体字训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9c573491b5204df3adfbd0ba8a771d1b","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnIO4oWE4u46s40qSvOQLhXb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、其它笔画相连的训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaWgUwOiOKcM8TdaFb5XZyu"},,"attrs":{"height":48,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"通过具体字训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/214447e754f443ab8c114397b2c86668","width":480},"text":"","id":"doxcnMooiQWsykgES1vrhkhJmyw"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuYMoi2gAEaSeOCkJGMGcce"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基本技法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna2MoS22K0ogmalZGn2Gihb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYgK84iy2CgCKeGlc5N5VNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔法指执笔和用笔，写行书的人一般都练习过楷书，所以执笔和用笔都有了基础。但是，行书的笔法比楷书要丰富得多。要做到中锋用笔，方圆兼备，中、侧锋并用，点画之间以牵丝映带、似连非连、笔断势连的形式贯通气脉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwI8aMcCyCsAU5pjqYqW5hs"},,"attrs":{"height":402,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fa5386bb596a422eb12fd3f6d7a9fa8d","width":236},"text":"","id":"doxcng24GKMoGk0cgAfuKKVi9Ig"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"点画写法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoucemYKam0eoeGBIKYx6Oh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书点画要注意呼应，同时应在平整中取攲侧之势，在匀称之中得疏密之形，使之变化多姿，特别要注意的是，牵丝往来要有笔断意连之妙，运笔快慢要得疾涩相生之意。圆转处要劲气內敛，方折处要如削金断玉，明快洁净。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkgyigAmwSEuUuk6Cj1CLBe"},,"attrs":{"height":198,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"点画写法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9bd4cdf6908345ca8f4f2873f144e4d6","width":581},"text":"","id":"doxcn62c8mOgOYg4WeA4XxcTIVb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0K4QAOQ24M2ACOrq0VXNRe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书结构千变万化，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"但基本原则是要重心平稳，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"变化自然，顾盼呼应。行书多用奔放之笔取攲侧之势，但无论如何奔放也要重心平稳，特别是攲侧中站稳重心，这种奇正相成的结构是行书的特点。行书多变化，变化要顺乎自然。字行大小、疏密、长短、伸缩、开合、俯仰、向背等自然之行，初写时要尽各字真态、本色，切忌故意造作，制奇弄险，走入流俗，能得自然之美方是真本领。至于点画之间顾盼生情，相互呼应要如闻其声，则字字都活泼而有生气了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnikakYC4SiKcsCyZlTWYnEf"},,"attrs":{"height":481,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"结构","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ec38a898aa3d45e6a4cd24e15ea3a711","width":417},"text":"","id":"doxcnC4YmwA2UGCEcYhNaUSRvKe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC2SUucw8CWu6kBrlqAsiHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书章法多用纵有行、横无列，或纵无行，横无列两种。字与字之间要有內在联系，行与行之间要有意态呼应。不必故意笔笔相连，贵在气息贯注，笔断意连。通篇字的大小变化、疏密对比、伸缩之宜都要合乎自然，章法要如音乐之旋律，如诗词之有声律。诗词的“","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"平平仄仄平平仄”","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"抑扬顿挫，一如行书的疏密奇正伸缩，对比中求和谐，对立中求统一。虽是“疏可跑马，密不容针”，仍要密不迫塞，疏不散漫，总之要浑然一体，一气呵成，无意之佳为最妙。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn04A0IIi6M4EwqMltH6jt8e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8OayaMusYgQyW8qrgX6lf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8amCSkIwokIgtGEPU7bxlk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者在书写行书时，不论是行草还是行楷，因对毛笔的使用以及落笔的轻重缓急尚未把握，可以选择兼毫来使用，兼毫兼具了硬毫和软毫的优点，较为容易上手，而且使用兼毫吸墨量适宜，不会导致初学者在书写行书时停顿出现墨水团影响纸面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuU4iayCCoiwmiotBm1rFRg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"挑选毛笔是挑毛尖。笔头要尖、齐、圆、键，即：笔头的锋颖既尖锐似锥又要圆润，笔头既要修削整齐，笔尖又要丰满，富有弹性。一般笔杆多用凤尾竹、湘妃竹、花竹、紫竹制成。挑选笔杆时要看笔管是否圆正光滑，不瘪、不裂、不弯、不斜，长短适度。笔杆上有篆刻的，要看它是否镌秀清晰；有镶嵌的，要看是否曲雅古朴。最后，要看笔头与笔杆是否粘牢，笔头有无发霉、虫蛀现象。先用手轻轻晃动笔头，不能出现松动现象，再轻轻弹笔杆，看是否有掉毛，有毛掉睛，不是虫蛀，便是发霉。检查毛笔笔头是否发霉，还可以闻闻有无霉味。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmACksiOOkaUOmSfiLeDWZd"},,"attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6ba4cf325a9d447dacb3f43f7b146328","width":300},"text":"","id":"doxcn6kyYYQqKyAeyikNcHqck0g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选字帖临摹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnq8wyW6MGEG228k1O0QCzQ5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1）挑选字帖。挑选一本孩子比较喜爱的、点画比较工整的、结体比较匀称的字帖来临摹。毛笔字帖，应挑选字体小一点的字帖，这样可省去缩小的工夫。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsI0Gqq88UAS24JhM2exNvf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2）先摹后临、临摹结合在习字时，要先摹后临、临摹结合。毛笔照着字帖上的字一点一画地描红。要求写的笔迹不要越出字帖字外，都写在字帖上字的点画中间。这样，久而久之，就容易学到字帖上字的结构。所谓临，就是把字帖放在习字纸旁；照着帖上的字依样画葫芦。要求点画写得象，有轻重节奏和粗细的变化。这样，久而久之，就容易学到字帖上字的笔意。由于临书比摹书难，因此要先摹后临，由于临和摹是两种相辅相成的学字手段，因此要临摹结合，循序渐进。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC88eogKKM0YE8PDGFbRyje"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3）仔细读贴。再者，临摹前要仔细读帖。对帖上的字，其点画怎样书写，结构怎样安排，章法怎样布置，都要仔细琢磨并从中找出规律，这样就容易写得有兴趣，也容易写得象，写得好。临摹时，不能贪多贪快，每天坚持一、二小时，反复地临摹几个字，这样才会有真正的收获。对难写的字，更要知难而上，多临摹，多比较。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUS8KgaY4qQwyctvspKnzLf"},,"attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选字帖临摹","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a333a665d1cb4ff5909b128c743317db","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcne46Wg00GCU0iQhZWcyf8ue"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"坚持练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuaYGKW6s6IsKMZ6vxv5BNg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习，持之以恒地坚持下去。一般来说，有一年左右的时间就可以书写出一手漂亮的行书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSae6k0m0YiME0ijVWnv9dh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习行书在开始的时候有一个适应的阶段，熟能生巧，从一个字到一段字，从几个字、一行字到一篇字，逐渐掌握行书的规律，慢慢也就形成了属于你自己的行书风格。要善于从多方面吸取营养，名人题字，商家牌匾，学校老师甚至是同学之间，只要认真观察，都可以找到别人写的好字，学会了，就成了自己的字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6scGs40mgUwMPZyth6jQf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGgMkWIswy4aWI9CKClG7Yc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"增加钩挑与牵丝","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSOIwy6gug2yiILhCRiOt6b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"楷书书写要一笔一画、工工整整，行书则不然，是将点画连起来书写，即所谓“相间流行”，所以行书书写时在点心之间自然地出现或增加了由于用笔带出来的钩挑和牵丝。所谓钩挑是在原来没有钩挑的点画上，行笔时顺势写出来短钩，如“茂”等字。所谓牵丝则是在前后或上下笔本不相连的点画之间，顺笔势带出来细细的牵丝，如“发”“想”等字。在行书的点画之间有了钩挑与牵丝，则显得笔势流动通畅和谐，意态自然，给人一种生机勃勃的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneoSwSyoMioA4QJLpgKMPgh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEMm0Wiim0aYio9EpLvmFuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钩挑与牵丝不能使用太多太弱，用多了，到处都是钩挑与细牵丝，显得用笔不干净利索，造型不美观；太弱了，钩脚如肉瘤，细丝如棉线，显得软弱无力，缺乏铁画银钩之健美。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnakEyKiscmICk0G1mqmDlhe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"以圆转代方折","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniqCwKOsae0wOagvh8GZHDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书转折处多采用草书圆转的写法，所以行书才显得笔势流畅。但需注意，行书的圆转中隐含着折意，写时仍需要驻笔、提按，否则圆润而无力，缺乏方圆兼备，方中有圆，圆中有方之妙趣，如“后”、“落”、“生”等字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQkQiuCyiM28aC6EesvkF2d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"改变书写笔顺","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaEIAc6086uaKIzU1Jth3wg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"小学老师强调写字注意笔顺，这确实是很重要，特别是楷书。然而在行书中，有时有意识地改变楷书的书写笔顺，而采用草书的笔顺，其目的是便于书写，同时也是为了造型的变化多姿，如“感”字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsusswkMGSWC8Mpqp9aoQHg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni08AcWw4cCOcuu7P5wB9Vb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般地说行书写法也足先上后下先左后右，先内后外，但有时却反其道而行之，倒也别有风趣，如“风”“国”字等，但也必须注意，改变书写笔顺一定要因势利导，要合乎草书的规范。且不宜多，偶见则收，方能成趣，如果滥用成灾，使人乏味，就失败了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugsYwQYcGMKSWYp4jcFAFe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"用笔灵活","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwiqGgAwkW22yeI4Qcpwe0d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书比楷书用笔灵活多变，同样的点画可以这样写，可以那样写，不受约束。如“也”字的浮鹅钩，一般是回锋收笔而出。但如果勾端由上翻笔而下也可以。又如木字旁，一般是写好横画和竖画后、笔势总是从左边带出撇挑，但从右边挑笔而上，然后顺笔就势写出撇挑，也有道理。如“杨”字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyKsSm8ee886g2vkKvARPab"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"起笔露锋入纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoACYOUOiIiWEG48WX0lrwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"楷书无论是点、横，还是撇、捺，都","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"强调","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"减锋为主。而在行书中起笔处以露锋人纸为多，因为露锋人纸，书写起来比较简捷方便，自然流畅，例如“生”字的左竖，“红”字的撇画及“工”字横画的起笔，“河”字三点水的侧点等，都是露锋人纸。然而必须说明的是，上面所说的字虽然都是露锋人纸，但不是随便的顺锋搭下一写，而是仍要“逆锋”，只是这个“逆锋”是要求凌空取势，即抢锋。不理解这一点，就会犯落笔尖细软弱的毛病。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIkGAgMgMogYqQHi9Fm9I7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEsugOog0QCUmEz5OzjipPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"露锋入纸，取势要求要快，写出字来，笔意就生动活泼．而藏锋取势较慢，笔意含蓄凝重。这两种写法各有所长，我们书写时相互结合掺用，这样可以各得其所，相得益彰。一般说，行书开头的起笔往往是露锋入纸，而以下的承笔处则多数是藏锋用笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKIU0WQsqimACgZ0Ooo19Bb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"以点代替其他笔画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGqaGISWekSeeyqOdiMEZxf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为书写简便敏捷，行书常常以“点”来代替其他笔画，以短小的“点”代替其他较长大的笔画，可以使字的结构形态发生变化，造型更为别致。如将“京”，“影”字中的“小一字改写为三点则更敏捷，字型发生了变化，显得饶有趣味。又如“大”字，将捺笔写成侧点来表示，这样书写起来简捷流畅，造型也显得精悍朴实，别具风味。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0guAaSMMWw2mW6V1Fkftvf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"体态多变","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKUgaEECkg4EMqauIuJBL1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书是介于楷书与草书之间的一种兼工带写的字体，它的使用范围很广，表现力丰富，常常一个字有几种写法，体态多变，姿态各异，如“是”字有四种写法，四个姿态，结尾收笔各有不同，有收有放，亦工亦草，情趣盎然。再如“英、落、草、奠、花”同是草字头，但写法各不相同，生动活泼，耐人寻味。如果同样的字或是字头字尾相同的字，写得千篇一律，没有变化，使人看了乏味，那就不称其为书法了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaqOa8kqk2k6Qovm6Ldj4nc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"运笔的技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneeqI0ywusu4czoZH24FIOi"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋行笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneGuIc0uocgIsGuGt1mGzAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngUEA42saWscQpHIIosixu5"},,"attrs":{"height":109,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋行笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b9fc9b409a5e45919ad0a4e8f23b622e","width":300},"text":"","id":"doxcngia4yI2662Myauvwn49odc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋行笔就是要使笔锋保持在点画中间行笔。中锋行笔是用笔的关键，是书法的生命。要能达到中锋行笔，就要在行笔时掌握好掌竖、腕平、笔杆直，同时还要随着墨液缓缓下流而不断调正笔锋，“令笔心常在点画中行”。篆、隶、楷书是这样，行书亦如此，如“乎”、“本”字除落笔和收笔外，中间所有的点画都是中锋行笔，“华”字亦是。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMCWIcEGcuygcUhofpEsxbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"划重点：中锋行笔，笔迹圆润、道劲，妍美。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQYkSEiW4EUscgj9N5R4AHg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"裹锋转笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngMw6w8M2QwuY4jbqRnMirb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM0k68egCko2YICE5uZuMKu"},,"attrs":{"height":111,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"裹锋转笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a3f1f74ba91440eca160f080908baf98","width":280},"text":"","id":"doxcnMuE426Cuqq86su3N3cMtob"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓裹锋转笔即是在转折处，用笔使毫不能太铺，要有所收敛，同时笔杆要稍加使转，以圆转代替方折，如“思”、“里”、“风”字的转角处即是。行书之所以比楷书书写简便，其中一个原因，就是以圆转代替方折。裹锋转笔，转折处玲珑流利，有一种活泼、自然的流动感。蔡邕在《九势》中所说的“转笔宜左右回顾，无使节目孤露”就是指裹锋转笔。但要注意裹锋转笔处，必须圆转中隐含折意，故书写时仍需驻笔、提按，否则圆而无骨，缺乏方圆兼备之妙趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQu46uQc0ym0gkP5tazpsZb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"折锋转笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngS4cYso6m2YOcbOPSqH22e"},,"attrs":{"height":110,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"折锋转笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e66bd61b140d4bc6904346a18fdde97a","width":280},"text":"","id":"doxcnowgQuu48qgiiQdPTWhB3ng"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓折锋转笔，即转笔时如同写楷书一样，先提后折，顿笔后再调锋而下，只是书写速度略快些，转折处投有楷书那么方折，而是既看出是方折之意，又有圆浑之感，有骨有肉，骨肉兼备，即所谓“方中有回，圆中有方”。使人看了圆润、浑厚、劲挺。欲如此，则折锋转笔处要有方折的意味，折时要重些，轻重提按要一笔小苟，不能一笔带过。折锋转笔写出来的折画，不仅要方而见骨，而且要给人一种风骨挺立，神采飞扬的感觉。如“曲”“故”“总”字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8wyoa6qcOS8Ql9BXBPfwbw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"划重点：行书中的折笔写法，不外折锋转笔和裹锋转笔两种用笔。折锋转笔外露，裹锋转笔内含，各有千秋，但一般说在行书中以裹锋转笔为主，折锋转笔为辅。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSuc4QYgOSeSiw3GsR6rf5d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"衄锋勒笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCCSkiC0sgsoAQHudlfnOnh"},,"attrs":{"height":116,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"衄锋勒笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ee8921fbd2e24f41bee540a4ea86cb3b","width":280},"text":"","id":"doxcnIuoC8QGaG8ckCkeRkIAxdh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"衄锋勒笔，就是点画中间稍用力顿挫一下，再中锋勒笔而出。衄锋勒笔大多数是用在反撩与撇的交接处，如“又”、“文”、“交”字的反捺中间用笔。衄锋勒笔，用笔收敛蓄势，短小精悍，而形态也有变化。这种用笔米芾书法中常用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk6Q0UwySuKaWiAzqUyGUjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"划重点：衄锋勒笔在衄锋时要有力，勒笔处要迅速，捺画末笔要收得住。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG8CMY4Ye22AKIHeQrF9Abd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"提锋连笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuIWimwEq2qQmmnFHSUH1qd"},,"attrs":{"height":122,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"提锋连笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b8816a1af38948ea9a5bf430e6208ec6","width":280},"text":"","id":"doxcnq0A0AmEIo0Uqao9WVG9P8b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"提锋连笔即提笔连锋，也就是在点画相连处用笔提而不断，锋尖着纸带出牵丝。凡是点画间有牵丝相连者都是提笔连锋用笔。这种用笔的好处是：“是点画处皆重，非画处，偶相牵引，其笔皆轻。”（姜夔《续书谱》）且主次分明叉递相映带，如","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"“墨”、“照”、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"“然”的点画牵引处。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO4ksAMciK6CwiGcmqcHKJf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在书写过程中，提和按，连和断，互为辩证的关系。提锋连笔是牵丝的写法，非牵丝处都是字的实画。我们在学习过程中，一定要注意用笔要实，不能虚，用笔要按不能提。只有按得下，方能提得起，只有实是实，方能虚是虚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA84wuMOIoiSsi6Dopt0Xoe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"字组黄金法则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCgiGA8W6kM2SkL0gdQzkRg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法的形式是各种造型的组合关系。例如点画与点画的组合、结体与结体的组合、字组的组合、行的组合、区域的组合，直至笔墨与空白的组合等。这些组合从小到大，随着组合关系的不断扩大，审美内涵也逐渐丰富。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4oaEoKI4UQYEIJH05D2rVU"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书的结构和章法的规则要求主要是：结体大小轻重要适当，长短纵横要合度，疏密黑白要相称，左右欹正相呼应，使之错落变化，气势贯通，协调统一，神定气足。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsaiImSecgksk8cz3YH93ec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以米芾的《苕溪诗帖》为例子，来窥探米颠他这部旷世作品里常见字与字之间的呼应的关系，进行一个简单的总结和归类。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0k0GoAkk4M0iuGds7YbXjh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"欹正组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni0IM0WgG6uWwOcCtdiZNGb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"欹正是指部分偏旁、部首或局部作倾斜、欹侧处理，又能倾而不倒，平中寓奇，增加字的变化和意外的奇趣。欹正得体就是说，歪的与正的阴阳配合到完美，指字写的很完美。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnecmUemeyK40OCY8jRsbSsg"},,"attrs":{"height":546,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欹正组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/178baa7a39ff4180878c9ed9d61495ac","width":318},"text":"","id":"doxcnEscwYay0OiS6k37NVA6jvg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"浓淡组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGqScguEQ08IGoPL2bznMkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法是通过墨来表现的，墨法是书法的四大要素之一被书家重视。墨色的变化，一般有“浓、淡、干、湿、涨”。作品中的墨色的深浅枯润，可以造成雄奇或秀媚的书法意境。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUme0EWuA8cSuApvrE9e3Td"},,"attrs":{"height":568,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"浓淡组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e39795a3e25a4b60a9daf8c4009042ba","width":286},"text":"","id":"doxcnMMAiMamqmsyCqIXIP2QLMd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大小组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8qEswQyYs2sUwBccUgTHhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在行书作品中，字的大小是宾主关系，主次分明。把较大的笔画较粗的主字分布原则掌握了，较小的笔画较细的字分布原则也是一样的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUYgkWwG2Wc0qGk32NxN1Eb"},,"attrs":{"height":541,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大小组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6ff3fa39d3524981ac0cad71137a2061","width":314},"text":"","id":"doxcnCWWosyC0Ew0UKC7akSyYQd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书与草书组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqWskck4EEGiuI5iXwtxs6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先是字型结构方面，草书的字型变化很大，大小不一，不是内行的话一般很难辨认。而行书大小就比较一致了，看起来很工整。其次是笔法方面，草书笔法相对复杂些，且运笔较疾。而行书相对缓和，其锋刃体现在字形上，和草书有所区别。最后是章法。草书的章法是在起承转合中一气呵成，有一种大将风范。而行书则像一位隐士，不失工整，却又不乏气场。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEYAKa2QISWGYKOvqhRwg4e"},,"attrs":{"height":277,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行书与草书组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/90383df048a94afdbec0e50c6e363e1b","width":136},"text":"","id":"doxcnqOQYg2CCYMWGOMPK5jJuHf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"粗细组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneMYkwY4WawKOc56ueSLn4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"线条，尤其是行书的线条，其轻、重、长、短、粗、细、浓、淡、枯、润等等，变化无穷，仪态万千，技法俱分高下，情态尽在其中。难怪有人说书法是“线条艺术”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniAesYqomOaiWQNzPg6UB5s"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行书线条有其艺术法则的规范性。不是任何随意抹画出来的线条都可称之为行书艺术的线条，他们必须符合行书法则规范性要求并经过长期技法训练之后才能被书者所拥有。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8ciuaicgyg4mcnCRoD7lNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这种规范性要求是客观的，不依书者主观意志为转移。书者只有在掌握了规范性要求的前提下方能发展和张扬其个性。区分写字与书法，必须首先看其是否具有“法度意识”即“规范意识”，是否符合规范性要求。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEwwgcSeMyww2aeKnEQXzRf"},,"attrs":{"height":456,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"粗细组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/62577865b9774ead80d124185e270c4d","width":293},"text":"","id":"doxcnUIcoak4Q6o2gUrpXEqE4Sf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"连体组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOeQ8EO8Ge8oCkpN9t60Dze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"连画写法在行书中，除了横、竖、撇、挑、捺、点、折、勾外，还常常有多个笔画连在一起写的情况，简称连笔或连画。连画的式虽然纷繁复杂，但分解起来，无非是直线弧线、转和折的组合。直线和爪线较易分辨，也较易书写，只要及时运腕，做到中锋行笔即可，比较不易分清的是转和折。书写复杂的连画时，必须注意灵活运腕和转折相间等原则。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSYMSMI6UUa4mmSraJJaudd"},,"attrs":{"height":470,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"连体组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/867370770bee4648afd8b7559b887f80","width":302},"text":"","id":"doxcnYSgAmUkc6GEEkLOyNZIRzd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"横纵组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnow2sCMeKYaiIoDvLXjC6af"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主要表现为点画、部件或整体字形的长宽比例。楷书字形一般比例较为稳定，而行书则常随时进行调整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKc6gwMmueAKaeyTt7dXJRc"},,"attrs":{"height":471,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"横纵组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/75cbdf604198417e941ffd11199370f0","width":286},"text":"","id":"doxcn46OwQwoQYqg42THs98t3wd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"省略组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk2CMU64sEm0gSw548IE2VX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般情况是凡字的固有笔画则重些，而两画之间的连接相应轻些，但不可截然跳动，否则呆板无神。牵丝形成连的效果是行书的主要特征之一，但却要运用得当。一味的牵连缠绕，当断不断，反而弄巧成拙，形成浮滑薄弱之病，是行书书写中的大忌。一位书法家讲过“连与断效果不同，连易断难，故当知断”。因此将牵丝引带与点画呼应分开来讲以区别它们的不同功用，这是行书的又一重要特征。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGImMyA66WGGool6dUqeHSc"},,"attrs":{"height":398,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"省略组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/dc641cc48d504137ae1d6796c42db352","width":306},"text":"","id":"doxcnW6AugC6ugCAKitgHX6I5li"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"疏密组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk2yOeIS0umQWukupaUWQNc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"疏密体现在结字上，就是要加强对比，制造视觉反差。如势巧形密与意疏字缓。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMeOasy4IwcuOaAdwZORYlf"},,"attrs":{"height":607,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"疏密组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/92eda23dfa57419bb10a5294d3b4054c","width":304},"text":"","id":"doxcnCoQyKuwCY4GWaCi7rmcChh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"排列组合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ0U6suWSYA2k8huiC9BcTf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从汉字的特点和人的生理习惯来看，因为是右手写字，左手执册个字的笔顺自然是从上至下，自左而右的方便。如果从右往左写，写左半部时，毛笔势必挡住右半字形，不便于安排结构，影响结字的美观。而每个汉字的未笔都是在中下或右下，写完上一字的末笔紧接着写下一字的起笔，竖式书写比横式书写更方便，更便于笔势的连贯。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw6AOCwqy2iiUsNlHTucuBc"},,"attrs":{"height":594,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"排列组合","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cf2f1f640bed423d989fc7662315b362","width":291},"text":"","id":"doxcnKc4yU0sy0iYYagtL6U79fc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"十大行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUKCEOaSMIg4kj6MxFAZVw3"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2EYocUG0IUUusjL56LBAOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《兰亭序》是王羲之47岁时的书作，记述的是王羲之和友人雅士会聚兰亭的盛游之事。全篇从容娴和，气盛神凝，逸笔天成，匠心独运而又不毫无安排造作的痕迹。这样资质超群、功力深厚的作品，被评“为天下第一行书”，确实是当之无愧的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioSqq20aKCiW7RFRfehbED"},,"attrs":{"height":640,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第一行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2733fc0c42c34dd7a219da258e5c430b","width":1951},"text":"","id":"doxcngIa6o2qoUKoW0gQhOqmnHd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2mW26Oykc0uYsrwqZu8uRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《祭侄文稿》，全名《祭侄赠赞善大夫季明文》。原作纸本，纵28.8厘米。横75.5厘米，共234字(另有涂抹字30余个)。现藏台北故宫博物院。颜真卿这篇《祭侄文草稿》是在极度悲愤的情绪下书写，顾不得笔墨的工拙，故字随书家情绪起伏，纯是精神和平时功力的自然流露。这在整个书法史上都是不多见的。可以说，《祭侄文稿》是极具史料价值和艺术价值的墨迹原作之一，至为宝贵。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2WayUS8SKU82OIzjUPZrDg"},,"attrs":{"height":640,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第二行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/55f564bd244a488f873420c8cc5a08f6","width":1892},"text":"","id":"doxcnMW8GUQwYKm42aAFdDMZMSh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniiK0g2u0i0QwiiiupSSjPd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《黄州寒食诗帖》，纸本，25行，共129字，是苏轼行书的代表作。这是一首遣兴的诗作，是苏轼被贬黄州第三年的寒食节所发出的人生之叹。诗写得苍凉多情，表达了苏轼其时惆怅孤独的心情。《黄州寒食诗帖》彰显动势，洋溢着起伏的情绪。元朝鲜于枢把它称为继王羲之《兰亭序》、颜真卿《祭侄稿》之后的"天下第三行书"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneeW2se8eo6sOgHjTXo6OSg"},,"attrs":{"height":349,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第三行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/90b2d9bc09dd4ba88fc8696728112a7e","width":1112},"text":"","id":"doxcn62cWE4MyG0muKSd1uTQstg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOuiE0OuW2GWEWwpaHhMBch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《伯远帖》行书纸本，因首行有“伯远”二字，遂以帖名。此帖为晋代真迹，王珣书，故列希珍之宝。此帖行书，笔力遒劲，态致萧散，妍媚流便，是典型的王氏书风。是帖明末在新安吴新宇处，后归吴廷，曾刻入《馀清斋帖》，至清代时归入内府，并与王羲之《快雪时晴帖》、王献之《中秋帖》同列为三希堂法帖之一，现藏北京故宫博物院。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnamGYYI80IO0WxrvscdfNFe"},,"attrs":{"height":777,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第四行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/99fcf6f49e0e4e6688ac9ca0a6a3f573","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcn8KWE0Q2YY2YmqUH1DjoBgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第五行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaSq8M6wsaemqaotPOhcxWe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《韭花帖》，杨凝式书，墨迹麻纸本，高26厘米，宽28厘米，共7行，63字。《韭花帖》是一封信札，内容是叙述午睡醒来，腹中甚饥之时，恰逢有人馈赠韭花，韭花非常可口，遂执笔以表示谢意。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGs6aQk2IMmASC45hI5IY7c"},,"attrs":{"height":611,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第五行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/12394805404042cf86627f9aa507bb23","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnwEcGaaQCc8mmw3MOWCSlxh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第六行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmC6EgUC8YkcoK2oF7Cbmhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《蒙诏帖》，墨迹纸本，又名《翰林帖》，高26.8厘米，长57.4厘米，大字行书，计7行，27字，书于长庆元年(公元821年)，当时柳公权四十四岁，年富力强，正是他书法创作的颠峰期，所以字如惊鸿击空。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQSMUucgqigUiGcVl4YLSFf"},,"attrs":{"height":502,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第六行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/94a1be7e5ee4433a9b05463e96f5adee","width":1280},"text":"","id":"doxcnauIusG0AIUOGOknFIJAwAe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第七行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsuGQwkq2oWUyeONi6xcCb0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《张翰思鲈帖》也称《季鹰帖》，是欧阳询为张翰写的小传，属于行楷，无款。纸本，纵25.2厘米，横33厘米。共10行，每行九至十一字。字体修长严谨，笔力刚劲挺拨，风格平正中见险峻之势，是欧书中的精品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4QCm028O2GksUTn7C2Ttvg"},,"attrs":{"height":518,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第七行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/06853ef035aa4ec5804068bda7e9f98a","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnSWkoWYiQ4ScOWAzwCNatUg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第八行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuEuewmkgeC4YolUvDFmv3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《蜀素帖》是米芾三十八岁时(1088年)，在蜀素上所书的各体诗八首。此帖用笔多变，正侧藏露，长短粗细，体态万千，充分体现了他“刷字”的独特风格。结字也俯仰斜正，变化极大，并以欹侧为主，表现了动态的美感。董其昌在《蜀素帖》后跋曰：“此卷如狮子搏象，以全力赴之，当为生平合作。”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Ik4I4SEikIEY9aLE0117g"},,"attrs":{"height":640,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第八行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3e4d0e8432ba494abfc37556f780f26e","width":4584},"text":"","id":"doxcnQkqSoQqSYgOglYRanA9RwY"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第九行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkIEIekSI0COIC3Ftity3zS"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《松风阁诗帖》墨迹纸本，纵32.8厘米横219.2厘米，全文计29行，153字。台北故宫博物院藏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnie2CWMcacGOaQhrGgyg8rg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"黄庭坚的行书，如《松风阁》，起笔处欲右先左，由画中藏锋逆入至左顿笔，然后平出，“无平不陂”，下笔着意变化；收笔处回锋藏颖。善藏锋，注意顿挫，以“画竹法作书”给人以“沉着痛快”的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ2ygo0YmqSCwekYMmTT0ud"},,"attrs":{"height":550,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第九行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/df085ab818d4451ebc7b387df85122d4","width":3440},"text":"","id":"doxcn26G2iQEaWYiCaQZFVp51ne"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第十行书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2AIKOcaAQiwMGCIc5IF6Fg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《土母帖》，行书墨迹，纸本。纵31.2厘米，横44.4厘米，10行，共104字。后有萧引高、王严实、王称等跋。《珊瑚纲》《书画汇考》《墨缘汇观》《石渠宝笈续编》著录。台北故宫博物院藏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4Ieww8CkO2qiWmMAe5ulJf"},,"attrs":{"height":452,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"第十行书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9aaaa6066e1244398c397a74efe614a0","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnYAsWYsoos4skicDRWc1oAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnskG2IAOg4auEsBXeTtXtYb"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E中专升本科是指具有中专等毕业学历的学生进入本科院校完成学业、毕业的形式，中专毕业学历等同高中学历，所以也叫高起本。
中升本途径
成人高考
中专生可通过成人高考的方式来达到考本科的目的，这种方式一般都是面对社会各界人士的，但是有一点缺点就是成人高考毕业文凭含金量是比不上普通全日制大学含金量的，虽然都是国家承认的学历，但是在社会认可程度上没有后者高！
报名条件
中升本：需年满18周岁，具有普通高中、中专或师范、技校、职高毕业证书等中等学历教育毕业证书。
学习形式
学习形式有以下三种：
1、函授，以自学为主，利用寒暑假或节假日组织集中面授；
2、业余，安排周末或者晚上上课学习；
3、脱产，脱产需要全天在校上课学习。
报名方式
成人高考十月份考试，报名时间8-9月，这中间都可以报。
报名有两种方式：一种是自己在网上报名，一种去到当地大学直属的函授中心报名，这两种都可以，费用也是一样的。报名之前需要先考虑好自己想要报哪一个大学和专业，因为报名之后就不能再改专业，所以，一定要和家人商量好。在网上公布了考试报名的时间之后就可以报名了。
首先打开当地的教育考试院，如下图，以山东省的为例：
第二步，选择网上报名，我们看到这里现在没有出现成人高考报名通道，不过没关系，考试之前会将通道开放，我们只需要等待即可
第三步，进入报名系统之后，按照要求输入身份证号码，手机号，验证码，根据步骤一步一步来就可以。
注意事项：
1、考试院发的密码要保留好，这是以后查成绩的唯一密码，若自己修改了密码请一定记好
2、志愿填报需要填两个，第一志愿和第二志愿，不要不填第二志愿。
考试科目
?科：语?、数学(?)、外语、历史地理综合(简称史地)。
理科：语?、数学(理)、外语、物理化学综合(简称理化)。
温馨提醒
相关成人高考政策，请注意登陆所在省份成人高考网，提前了解。
对口升学
“对口升学”是从中等职业学校毕业生招生，强调中等职业学校毕业生对口升高职或本科院校的专业技能考试。与普通高考相比，对口升学拥有考试难度较小、门槛低、升学率高就业前景广等优点。所谓的对口是指学生在中职学什么类别专业，就参加什么类别专业的对口升学考试，被高校录取后，继续学习这个类别的专业。
通过对口升学考上大学后，待遇与普通高考学生相同。无论是师资安排、课程设计，还是学生奖学金和毕业文凭以及学位授予、考研等方面，都是一样的。
报名条件
1、证书对口
2018年到2019年，中职升本科对于证书的要求比较严格，像是护理专业，一定要学生物、化学证书，护理证书，护士资格证等。现在放宽了许多，1+X证书也能作为证书进行审核。
2、专业对口
中职升本科要求中职专业对口本科专业，如果不对口，资格审核就过不了，也就没办法参加之后由院校进行的技能考试考核。2022年除了烹饪和护理对于中职对口专业要求还是比较严格外，很多其他类别的专业也能参加中职升本科了。
以下是广东省2021年的专业及证书、中职对口专业对照表，大家可以做个参考：
报名方式
网上报名前，考生需要通过报名资格审查和填写报名信息采集表。应届生提供本人居民身份证、户口簿、学籍证明;往届生提供本人居民身份证、户口簿与中等职业学校毕业证书的原件和复印件各一份。
考生在规定时间内凭考籍号、身份证号登录对口单招网上报名系统(通过电脑端IE9以上的浏览器登录)。网上填报完成后，需到报名点进行现场确认，现场确认截止时间、逾期不得补报名与补确认。需要注意的是，考生报名信息网上提交成功后，在签字确认信息之前，可凭密码重新修改自己所填信息。报名信息一经考生本人签字确认，任何人不得擅自更改。
另外，考生报名信息网上提交成功后，系统将根据考生实际所报考科目自动生成应缴纳报名考试费金额，通过网报系统进入银行系统(或使用支付宝、微信)，按照核定金额支付报名考试费。其中，参加对口单招考生和转段考生须缴纳报名费与文化统考考试费，中职学生注册入学考生须缴纳报名费，如填报了参加文化统考，还须缴纳文化统考考试费。网上支付成功后，考生方可到规定的报名点签字确认报名信息。
考试方式
由院校组织进行的技能考试。一般来说在填报本科志愿之后，院校便会公布专业的考试大纲。大家可以针对本科院校公布的专业及考试大纲对该科目进行复习，尽力考试。院校一般择优录取。
考试科目
对口升学考试科目有文化必修课：语文、数学、外语三门；专业基础课和专业课。其中，语文、数学、英语各100分；专业基础课250分；专业课200分。科目总分为750分
注意事项
语文数学英语三科的成绩，只有达到本科线的同学才可以报考本科院校，2021年的本科线是260分，过了260分就可以填报本科志愿。当然，我们建议你尽量考高分，因为在技能考试同分的情况下，文化课分数越高，到时候换算出来的分数也会更高，录取的概率就更大。
本科成绩的计算公式：语数英三科分数*50%+（证书）450*10%+本科技能测试分数/100*450*40%。
假如你是考了语数英300分，本科技能测试76分，有相应证书，则本科录取时换算的分数为300*0.5+450*0.1+76*1.8=331.8分
温馨提醒
相关对口升学政策，请注意登陆所在省份对口升学官网以及报考院校，提前了解。
网络教育
网络教育依托于互联网的发展，较为方便的一种获得学历的形式。有别于传统的在校住宿的教学模式，学生依托于网络视频和课件学习。远程教育招生对象不受年龄和先前学历限制，所以中专生也可以通过远程教育读大专。使用这种教学模式的学生，通常是业余进修者，由于不需要到特定地点上课，因此可以随时随地上课。
缺点是网络教育费用较高，直接将资料寄给你，进行网上授课，适合没什么时间的上班族。
报名方式
考生可以直接到招生院校报名，也可以在授权招生的学习中心报名。
网络教育每年分春秋两季招生，考生想要报名只要携带身份证原件、最高学历原件、1寸近期蓝底彩色照片原件及电子版就可以了。
网络教育分为春、秋两季招生，春季在3月份左右，而秋季在9月份左右，有的院校为方便学生报考，会提前开放报名窗口，课程开始时间每个院校都是不一样的，每个院校都有自己的入学测试，基本所有院校都在完成入学测试之后就会开始正式上课。
考试科目
网络教育考试分为入学测试、统考考试、专业课程考试，网络教育入学考试的考试科目要根据学生报考的专业和层次来决定。不同类别的专业会有所区别。例如：
1、英语类专业高起本——入学考试科目：英语、语文
2、管理类专业、经济类专业高起本——入学考试科目：英语、语文
3、工学类专业专高起本——入学考试科目：英语、数学。
注意事项
1、首先要选择自己喜欢并且发展前景好的专业，毕竟兴趣最好的老师，只有喜欢才会投入更多精力去学习，对于不知道该如何选择专业的学员，小编为大家推荐几个近些年较热门的专业，方便大家选择：英语专业、会计专业、金融专业、计算机专业、电子商务专业、国际经济与贸易专业等;
2、其次要选择重点院校，毕竟重点院校的教师资源、师资力量都是一流的，而且我们还可以凭借院校的知名度在就业时增加自身的竞争力。
3、如果选择网络教育学习，一定要提前登陆官网了解相关政策。
官网网址：http://cdce.moe.edu.cn/#/
国家开放大学
国家开放大学就是曾经的中央广播开放大学，是国家认可的开放性教育!相比成考没有入学考试，主要参加挂课和期末考试，几乎没有难度，学信网均可查，适合实在是没有时间学习也确实学习能力一般的同学。
中专毕业不能直接考国家开放大学本科，可以先通过专科考试，再进行专升本考试。
报考条件
1、专科报名条件：年龄满18岁，同时需要提供高中或中专毕业证作为前置学历，如果没有毕业证，可以不用提供，但是对以后会有所影响，无法通过政审，以及大型的企事业单位，因为大型企事业单位查大学学历的时候都会查前置学历的，如果只是用于报考一般性资格证书，以及参加中小型企事业单位，那么该毕业证没有问题；
2、本科报名条件：报考条件和专科基本一样，除了需要提供专科毕业证以外，还需要出具学信网学历电子报告；
国家开放大学每年春秋两季招生，具体时间由各地根据自身情况确定。它是全国在籍学生最多的高等教育学校。学习资源开放，以网络为平台进行教育。学习年限2年半，通过所有课程即可毕业。
报名方式
报名有多种方式，目前这个学校总部是在北京，但是在全国各地都是有分校和教学点的，最终颁发的毕业证都是由中央电大，北京总部颁发的。
1、选择正规电大的网站，进行网上报名，需要登录当地的电大报名中心网站，按网页界面要求，填写信息，并提交个人资料，之后会有电大学校的工作人员电话联系。
2、也可以选择正规学习中心报考，从报名、学习、考试到毕业，都有协助，相对来说更省心。
3、还到报读的电大院校现场报名，需要提前准备好报名材料，具体需要携带本人身份证原件，以及正反面复印件、蓝底免冠电子照片、毕业证书等。
4、国家开放大学报名可以直接到电大校本部或者电大学习中心现场报考。
考试科目
国家开放大学的考试科目主要是看选择什么专业来学习，学习的专业不一样考试的科目也就不相同。语文、数学、英语必考，英语和计算机基础两门统考课程是不能免的，各专业综合基础知识、大学语文，大专时期有修过对应学分是可以申请免考的。
国家开放大学考试科目根据报考层次有所不同。专科层次考试科目为：语文、数学、英语。本科层次考试科目为：数学、英语、计算机、政治。
报考拿证流程
1、首先要确定自己所报专业，然后提交报名材料给到教学中心，审核通过后就会录入到国开系统，等待注册好学籍就可以了；
2、学信网查到学籍之后，等待一段时间生成学习账号，绑定自己的实名手机号码，然后完成毕业所需学分，大概3个学期也就是一年半后上传毕业论文，审核通过后就可以采集毕业信息了。
注意事项
注意辨别机构的正规性，不要上当受骗。
1、是否能够接受对公账号，是否能够提供营业执照，而且对公账号和营业执照信息是否一致，如果一致就是正规的；
2、是否可以签订合同，缴纳学籍注册费之后需要签订纸质合同，扫描签字后加盖公章，合同是否确保学员能顺利注册上学籍，是否能顺利毕业；
3、如果要报考国家开放大学，可提前登陆官网，了解相关政策。
官网网址：http://student.ouchn.cn/
自考
中专毕业生不能直接自考本科，自考本科需要有国家承认学历的专科及以上学历证书原件或中级及以上专业技术职称原件，否则，不予办理本科毕业证书。考生可分别报考专科、本科段各专业，也可同时报考同一专业的专科和本科段，但毕业时必须先取得专科毕业证书后才能领取本科毕业证书。
报名条件
1、专科段（基础科段）
中华人民共和国公民，不受性别、年龄、民族、种族、学历、身体健康状况、居住地等限制(不限制户口，可在异地报考毕业)，均可按省级自学考试机构规定的时间和地点报名参加考试。对有特殊要求的专业，考生须按有关规定报名。
2、本科段
报考条件与专科段基本相同。但待考生办理本科毕业证书时，必须交验国家承认学历的专科及以上学历证书原件，否则，不给办理本科毕业证书。可以在报考自考专科段的同时，报考本科段，但必须先取得专科段的毕业证书后，才能申请本科段的毕业。部分省市已开通专科毕业证书和本科毕业证书同时办理的制度，缩短考生办证时间。
3、能遵纪守法、接受改造、积极学习的劳改、劳教人员，经有关部门批准后也可申请报考。
报考流程
1、在自考平台报名自考大专，获取毕业证;
2、取得大专毕业证，报名自考本科，通过考试即可取得本科毕业证。
报名方式
考生在规定时间内登录当地自考报名系统，填写相关信息，选定报考专业和考试科目，完成缴费即可参加考试；或者去当地自考招生办进行报名也是可以的。
自考每次开考时间为两天，每半天可以报考一门，所以最多可以报考四门。各省的自考时间有所不同，一般是一年可以考两次，江苏一年可以考四次，广东一年可以考三次。
准备参加自学考试的考生，首先应全面了解本省已开考哪些专业，详细了解自己感兴趣的专业的层次、要求及课程设置等，结合自己的本职工作、兴趣、文化层次、学习能力和发展的需要等，自愿报考专业。一般来说，应先报专科段，后报本科段；报考课程建议按先易后难顺序报考。
考试科目
1、公共课。
一般在3~5门左右，其中《中国近现代史纲要》、《马克思基本原理概论》、《英语二》三门课程为必考公共课。
2、基础课。
基础课是指某一专业的应考者学习的基础理论、基本知识和基本技能的课程，其作用是为应考者掌握专业知识、学习科学技术，发展他们有关能力打下坚实的基础。
3、专业课。
一般理工类的专业还会增加如《高等数学》、《线性代数》等科目的考试，偏应用性质的专业还会开考《计算机应用基础》或者《管理系统中计算机应用》。
4、换考课程。
换考课程是指英语自学难度大的本科自考考生不考英语二而多考几门其他课程替代英语二的学分，一般是考3到5门课程。
温馨提醒
自考相关政策，可登陆官网提前了解。
官网网址：https://zikao.cuc.edu.cn/
注意事项
1，购买正规渠道备考资料，不同的中升本途径，需要的备考资料是不一样的，详细可以咨询报考院校、老师等，并且从正规渠道购买相关资料。
2、选择适合自己的途径来考取本科。不同的途径有不同的缺点和优点，根据自身情况，选择最适合自己的。
3、提前确定报考院校，并详细了解相关考试政策，专业等，每个人关于专业及院校选择考虑的因素不同，所以请不要盲目、理性思考，选择最适合自己的才是最好的。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中专升本科是指具有中专等毕业学历的学生进入本科院校完成学业、毕业的形式，中专毕业学历等同高中学历，所以也叫高起本。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3nnHzkZzmoDXhz4eVgmWOg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中升本途径","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUp9DwyOpJd5rksuLbMpilg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"成人高考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NMosdgosuo2egcxWsbQcKXB2nmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中专生可通过成人高考的方式来达到考本科的目的，这种方式一般都是面对社会各界人士的，但是有一点缺点就是成人高考毕业文凭含金量是比不上普通全日制大学含金量的，虽然都是国家承认的学历，但是在社会认可程度上没有后者高！","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T8McdE6KKoEIEUx0SJOcxXyNnRc"},,"attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"成人高考","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5c11a21bf7324a9088baa0934afc7824","width":1024},"text":"","id":"HKy8d4cYyoWEcUxW0WJcKmjTnLf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IwoQdo06YoeY84xCgJKcM01znzb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中升本：需年满18周岁，具有普通高中、中专或师范、技校、职高毕业证书等中等学历教育毕业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OAcodAosyok2m2xUNztcDQAVn2B"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习形式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R4c0d8KeWoAyugxshLJc0zuonFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习形式有以下三种：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QKi0deC02oW6CUxyyEvcA15Qnnf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、函授，以自学为主，利用寒暑假或节假日组织集中面授；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EugcdouUIomw24xo1qhclUKInRi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、业余，安排周末或者晚上上课学习；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PW6mdw4iuoM6ySxsbgCczurSnXb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、脱产，脱产需要全天在校上课学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W0MmdOcc6oam4Kx3gkGcE7hRnvF"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SGuUdykAkoGimQxQBLzcRiMIn4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"成人高考十月份考试，报名时间8-9月，这中间都可以报。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UgM2dSWCmoEcIIxcnsQcjA1ln4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名有两种方式：一种是自己在网上报名，一种去到当地大学直属的函授中心报名，这两种都可以，费用也是一样的。报名之前需要先考虑好自己想要报哪一个大学和专业，因为报名之后就不能再改专业，所以，一定要和家人商量好。在网上公布了考试报名的时间之后就可以报名了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WY8MdkoicogMA0xegyYcVnRUnNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先打开当地的教育考试院，如下图，以山东省的为例：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WgaadCci6o2y6axwN0TcLOvNnlf"},,"attrs":{"height":303,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"报名方式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7ac80d52f73b42f08aaee1734d09509a","width":1026},"text":"","id":"Sg6WdYc2oo22a6xs3N8cqfBfnSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二步，选择网上报名，我们看到这里现在没有出现成人高考报名通道，不过没关系，考试之前会将通道开放，我们只需要等待即可","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H2sadwkAAooMwUxojVBcllcindh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三步，进入报名系统之后，按照要求输入身份证号码，手机号，验证码，根据步骤一步一步来就可以。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XOOedKiO2oygs6xyVhnckdjnnu7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FKwydEsSioQcwsxYbCycRTYJnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、考试院发的密码要保留好，这是以后查成绩的唯一密码，若自己修改了密码请一定记好","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Feqed6Y8YoQeSmxaUHUcJ37dnsd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、志愿填报需要填两个，第一志愿和第二志愿，不要不填第二志愿。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"X8CMdeMuMowi0oxxyUncLUcEnA8"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试科目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"C6ogdwgaeoMmkaxwd8IcxB18nWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"?科：语?、数学(?)、外语、历史地理综合(简称史地)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LUUudi6ccoSMuEx860zcQIVonBb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"理科：语?、数学(理)、外语、物理化学综合(简称理化)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"U0Qgd6IWwoqwa4xmIVRchycAnLc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"温馨提醒","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NQkSd2oEyogummxuI0xcyHm9nVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"相关成人高考政策，请注意登陆所在省份成人高考网，提前了解。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TgsKdkM64o60O6xO034cmj1tnCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"对口升学","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JiMEdOwWeo8IaYxCOz7cab0unie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“对口升学”是从中等职业学校毕业生招生，强调中等职业学校毕业生对口升高职或本科院校的专业技能考试。与普通高考相比，对口升学拥有考试难度较小、门槛低、升学率高就业前景广等优点。所谓的对口是指学生在中职学什么类别专业，就参加什么类别专业的对口升学考试，被高校录取后，继续学习这个类别的专业。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KMEUdeW8kocYwwxQ7JFcO5WOn7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过对口升学考上大学后，待遇与普通高考学生相同。无论是师资安排、课程设计，还是学生奖学金和毕业文凭以及学位授予、考研等方面，都是一样的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TMukdGagUo2c8Wxe6W2cWoH5nTg"},,"attrs":{"height":568,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"对口升学","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed07d9b3d8df497c8cbf206dc77ac854","width":852},"text":"","id":"Bks4dMsUcoYAwCx45Gnc5zGznJg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IASwd2wyGoa2k2xOmuccL5ysnwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、证书对口","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XASydmO0WoqmawxQpzKc4PaSn1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2018年到2019年，中职升本科对于证书的要求比较严格，像是护理专业，一定要学生物、化学证书，护理证书，护士资格证等。现在放宽了许多，1+X证书也能作为证书进行审核。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HQ0wduUIEo0q0WxA5CTcfzYNnVg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、专业对口","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LMu8dgQUMoukGqxUnTQcBLBRnOd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中职升本科要求中职专业对口本科专业，如果不对口，资格审核就过不了，也就没办法参加之后由院校进行的技能考试考核。2022年除了烹饪和护理对于中职对口专业要求还是比较严格外，很多其他类别的专业也能参加中职升本科了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Eak2d2OU6oSQ4SxqSuYcg6B9ncd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下是广东省2021年的专业及证书、中职对口专业对照表，大家可以做个参考：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HwUcdG6w4oIQUmxwREmcZOOEnae"},,"attrs":{"height":1345,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"报名条件","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0f5d79079fc148d88f97d205f3bf0bf4","width":1080},"text":"","id":"GocMdm8K0o6K0WxoXZMcjcmRnTO"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KwgQdyisUoOiUSxUnhochzChnug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"网上报名前，考生需要通过报名资格审查和填写报名信息采集表。应届生提供本人居民身份证、户口簿、学籍证明;往届生提供本人居民身份证、户口簿与中等职业学校毕业证书的原件和复印件各一份。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TGKodQGAuo2wwKxSmeYcoBrLnNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"考生在规定时间内凭考籍号、身份证号登录对口单招网上报名系统(通过电脑端IE9以上的浏览器登录)。网上填报完成后，需到报名点进行现场确认，现场确认截止时间、逾期不得补报名与补确认。需要注意的是，考生报名信息网上提交成功后，在签字确认信息之前，可凭密码重新修改自己所填信息。报名信息一经考生本人签字确认，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"任何人不得擅自更改。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MiaydWmY8osSKAxamTMcK04bnec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"另外，考生报名信息网上提交成功后，系统将根据考生实际所报考科目自动生成应缴纳报名考试费金额，通过网报系统进入银行系统(或使用支付宝、微信)，按照核定金额支付报名考试费。其中，参加对口单招考生和转段考生须缴纳报名费与文化统考考试费，中职学生注册入学考生须缴纳报名费，如填报了参加文化统考，还须缴纳文化统考考试费。网上支付成功后，考生方可到规定的报名点签字确认报名信息。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Zgq2dgagKo8u8ux2rKdcSUCFn3b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"S2M2d4IiuoqEaMxYtZJcR2G0ngg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"由院校组织进行的技能考试。一般来说在填报本科志愿之后，院校便会公布专业的考试大纲。大家可以针对本科院校公布的专业及考试大纲对该科目进行复习，尽力考试。院校一般择优录取。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NEe0doKYYo0eCKxGesSclPBmnIh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试科目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R0csdgScioC0gCxQPurchMRfnRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对口升学考试科目有文化必修课：语文、数学、外语三门；专业基础课和专业课。其中，语文、数学、英语各100分；专业基础课250分；专业课200分。科目总分为750分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RuWodmuUEoU8uExUvfdcBaicnTe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HQ4qdaCwwosm8uxCGtQcJ89fnUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"语文数学英语三科的成绩，只有达到本科线的同学才可以报考本科院校，2021年的本科线是260分，过了260分就可以填报本科志愿。当然，我们建议你尽量考高分，因为在技能考试同分的情况下，文化课分数越高，到时候换算出来的分数也会更高，录取的概率就更大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JOGcdC0ywoIOwWxsjS1croAIn5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"本科成绩的计算公式：语数英三科分数*50%+（证书）450*10%+本科技能测试分数/100*","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"450*40%","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RuqGdIYyyowIq0xUdoicyMPdnHh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"假如你是考了语数英300分，本科技能测试76分，有相应证书，则本科录取时换算的分数为300*0.5+450*0.1+76*1.8=331.8分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TSuyd4qC0oyA4exu6e6cw65Lnyh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"温馨提醒","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TcY6dUO80oukCmx6yvgc3FfwnEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"相关对口升学政策，请注意登陆所在省份对口升学官网以及报考院校，提前了解。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E0GYdSa08oK0QkxiSUOcMHLunkd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"网络教育","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F0qKdGwo6okY4qxkjGecdyjSn7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"网络教育依托于互联网的发展，较为方便的一种获得学历的形式。有别于传统的在校住宿的教学模式，学生依托于网络视频和课件学习。远程教育招生对象不受年龄和先前学历限制，所以中专生也可以通过远程教育读大专。使用这种教学模式的学生，通常是业余进修者，由于不需要到特定地点上课，因此可以随时随地上课。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LA20dCUyKocoCOxcp6xcgjGRnLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"缺点是网络教育费用较高，直接将资料寄给你，进行网上授课，适合没什么时间的上班族。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VeiAdqgkQoemqIxsG4KcwOrnnkb"},,"attrs":{"height":427,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"网络教育","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/91e186cb23ed453292d51ea9c6f703be","width":640},"text":"","id":"B0sudGeSGoMwW2xyWqbcDqnJndh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O4cadiCKQoM6IixUL5Lc0jsKnHg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"考生可以直接到招生院校报名，也可以在授权招生的学习中心报名。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XSWCd2mceoC8gaxYTUQcGkHhn6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"网络教育每年分春秋两季招生，考生想要报名只要携带身份证原件、最高学历原件、1寸近期蓝底彩色照片原件及电子版就可以了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"A2muds202oocWYxKyPUcrMHwnAc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"网络教育分为春、秋两季招生，春季在3月份左右，而秋季在9月份左右，有的院校为方便学生报考，会提前开放报名窗口，课程开始时间每个院校都是不一样的，每个院校都有自己的入学测试，基本所有院校都在完成入学测试之后就会开始正式上课。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YOcMduUwWooOwyxqOCiceVjened"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试科目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YiQId2yagoICyOxWszZcoXOPnQe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"网络教育考试分为入学测试、统考考试、专业课程考试，网络教育入学考试的考试科目要根据学生报考的专业和层次来决定。不同类别的专业会有所区别。例如：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AOkgd60ksoG04Qx8y8TcUoI5nPb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、英语类专业高起本——入学考试科目：英语、语文","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YECcdYqmaoWMqIxq0sUcdGCgnSb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、管理类专业、经济类专业高起本——入学考试科目：英语、语文","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OICKdWKmGogUI8xyCcJcnUoZnpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、工学类专业专高起本——入学考试科目：英语、数学。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SYmQdc8IaoCuWexqevHcZy7pnRb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PQIudaEoyoEmSQxOQzvc0VBznVf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、首先要选择自己喜欢并且发展前景好的专业，毕竟兴趣最好的老师，只有喜欢才会投入更多精力去学习，对于不知道该如何选择专业的学员，小编为大家推荐几个近些年较热门的专业，方便大家选择：英语专业、会计专业、金融专业、计算机专业、电子商务专业、国际经济与贸易专业等;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EOgKd8g00osMwYxsiCpceAIKn6u"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、其次要选择重点院校，毕竟重点院校的教师资源、师资力量都是一流的，而且我们还可以凭借院校的知名度在就业时增加自身的竞争力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"V2u2dmqEsoikW6xK8BVcqhgHnZf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、如果选择网络教育学习，一定要提前登陆官网了解相关政策。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TeMqdaCsEocuEAx1WYccFShEnlR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"官网网址：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"http://cdce.moe.edu.cn/#/"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"http://cdce.moe.edu.cn/#/","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JAC8dYkKAoCie6x4XGHcdN72nsm"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"国家开放大学","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntBLyb5fbnqqup7uY01l3bd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国家开放大学就是曾经的中央广播开放大学，是国家认可的开放性教育!相比成考没有入学考试，主要参加挂课和期末考试，几乎没有难度，学信网均可查，适合实在是没有时间学习也确实学习能力一般的同学。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UmowduuQIouU4mxE950cWXj5nBc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中专毕业不能直接考国家开放大学本科，可以先通过专科考试，再进行专升本考试。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CGiSd2sCCo2Y2oxsH0ScuvXXnJg"},,"attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"国家开放大学","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e010c93d7f3246fb82e0e32e0c7fdc4a","width":1024},"text":"","id":"HYgIdAY8eoyckSx0YQGc4dHxn3c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W46Gdoa0uogseYxMAMIc8yp7n2r"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、专科报名条件：年龄满18岁，同时需要提供高中或中专毕业证作为前置学历，如果没有毕业证，可以不用提供，但是对以后会有所影响，无法通过政审，以及大型的企事业单位，因为大型企事业单位查大学学历的时候都会查前置学历的，如果只是用于报考一般性资格证书，以及参加中小型企事业单位，那么该毕业证没有问题；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PuCEdiGAcoS6QMxobMIcwJzAnHH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、本科报名条件：报考条件和专科基本一样，除了需要提供专科毕业证以外，还需要出具学信网学历电子报告；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OgaEd8MUaoEasMx4X6KcFPQZnth"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国家开放大学每年春秋两季招生，具体时间由各地根据自身情况确定。它是全国在籍学生最多的高等教育学校。学习资源开放，以网络为平台进行教育。学习年限2年半，通过所有课程即可毕业。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwYIYNpCpSsSlaYbzVxNO2d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RGKqdyUIwoIcsQx6H3IczTJrnxb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名有多种方式，目前这个学校总部是在北京，但是在全国各地都是有分校和教学点的，最终颁发的毕业证都是由中央电大，北京总部颁发的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CAU2d8aUYoIkQoxGSohcIW0VnIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、选择正规电大的网站，进行网上报名，需要登录当地的电大报名中心网站，按网页界面要求，填写信息，并提交个人资料，之后会有电大学校的工作人员电话联系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HQ0Qd6EUwoksqkxWgF5craJRnff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、也可以选择正规学习中心报考，从报名、学习、考试到毕业，都有协助，相对来说更省心。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KMeOdCICcoo40sxasFEciggJnDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、还到报读的电大院校现场报名，需要提前准备好报名材料，具体需要携带本人身份证原件，以及正反面复印件、蓝底免冠电子照片、毕业证书等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SYSMdgkeAoWMcCxEN8qclLDLnXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、国家开放大学报名可以直接到电大校本部或者电大学习中心现场报考。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FYuSdA2y0oioQgxohJZcnnu6nPb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试科目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JII2dIOqyosWMixW8gpcJ82gnDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国家开放大学的考试科目主要是看选择什么专业来学习，学习的专业不一样考试的科目也就不相同。语文、数学、英语必考，英语和计算机基础两门统考课程是不能免的，各专业综合基础知识、大学语文，大专时期有修过对应学分是可以申请免考的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y4WEdaYWeoAyosx6HOMcusAVnJc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国家开放大学考试科目根据报考层次有所不同。专科层次考试科目为：语文、数学、英语。本科层次考试科目为：数学、英语、计算机、政治。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FkwudUsmiomom4xWiGGce8nen0e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考拿证流程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MK0mduweyo2swox2z7tcHuffnZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、首先要确定自己所报专业，然后提交报名材料给到教学中心，审核通过后就会录入到国开系统，等待注册好学籍就可以了；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZAkGdOI68oyAIIxYhHRcS5AOn0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、学信网查到学籍之后，等待一段时间生成学习账号，绑定自己的实名手机号码，然后完成毕业所需学分，大概3个学期也就是一年半后上传毕业论文，审核通过后就可以采集毕业信息了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SuESdouQ0oiUoqx6gIFc5iiXnVg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QmUUdWeACoqGKaxEVKUcStY7n6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意辨别机构的正规性，不要上当受骗。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WuAsdkO6aow0qyxMBO2cL1fAnuh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、是否能够接受对公账号，是否能够提供营业执照，而且对公账号和营业执照信息是否一致，如果一致就是正规的；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bc0md4au0o6IqIx8V1gc5lXCn4l"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、是否可以签订合同，缴纳学籍注册费之后需要签订纸质合同，扫描签字后加盖公章，合同是否确保学员能顺利注册上学籍，是否能顺利毕业；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NI0adsuw2oGKcsxqYBbcuxJxndg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、如果要报考国家开放大学，可提前登陆官网，了解相关政策。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CQC0dQyG6owoYMx6YaRcp8V7nDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"官网网址：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"http://student.ouchn.cn/"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"http://student.ouchn.cn/","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QkyydEqgwo2AEIxEhsFc3jFWnhf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"自考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"B2UqduamEo26m8xET1VcMjjwn1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中专毕业生不能直接自考本科，自考本科需要有国家承认学历的专科及以上学历证书原件或中级及以上专业技术职称原件，否则，不予办理本科毕业证书。考生可分别报考专科、本科段各专业，也可同时报考同一专业的专科和本科段，但毕业时必须先取得专科毕业证书后才能领取本科毕业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QygqdseC8ouOmwxAdajcEu2tnwc"},,"attrs":{"height":654,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"自考","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e299189148684db6a9dc6095ce733254","width":981},"text":"","id":"ZoQ4dqsmqoWii6x45e1cpXhyn2f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J6eedaKkSog8mQxRjPtcLhaznrU"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、专科段（基础科段）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AKoWdi8Q4o4Ck0xMNaEcrHDtnGe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中华人民共和国公民，不受性别、年龄、民族、种族、学历、身体健康状况、居住地等限制(不限制户口，可在异地报考毕业)，均可按省级自学考试机构规定的时间和地点报名参加考试。对有特殊要求的专业，考生须按有关规定报名。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Xo0ad28akoKuiExiicOcDHCanWb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、本科段","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HiqKdC0W4omoEexGGUtcAbRSnYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考条件与专科段基本相同。但待考生办理本科毕业证书时，必须交验国家承认学历的专科及以上学历证书原件，否则，不给办理本科毕业证书。可以在报考自考专科段的同时，报考本科段，但必须先取得专科段的毕业证书后，才能申请本科段的毕业。部分省市已开通专科毕业证书和本科毕业证书同时办理的制度，缩短考生办证时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E4WUdWKuwoSSSwxOWqncTiemnug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、能遵纪守法、接受改造、积极学习的劳改、劳教人员，经有关部门批准后也可申请报考。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CyG2d0SwYoY0Goxu8fzcC6K3nCc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考流程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WIyWdUAcEouO00x0i9nc3idjnGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、在自考平台报名自考大专，获取毕业证;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UGyMd4sWio4IcqxCCnOcPVQUn8b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、取得大专毕业证，报名自考本科，通过考试即可取得本科毕业证。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q4YKdWSq2oc4MKxY9omc8QmOnwh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Eg4cdWeI0okWIOxqauXcoHANnwe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"考生在规定时间内登录当地自考报名系统，填写相关信息，选定报考专业和考试科目，完成缴费即可参加考试；或者去当地自考招生办进行报名也是可以的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NEIUd4g86omcUdx2IXrco4DfnyO"},,"attrs":{"height":320,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"报名方式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cb253e9a320b4dcf96ef56fe0d740f71","width":800},"text":"","id":"Eq0mdCeaWo80m2xqQ7Dcqwcjn1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"自考每次开考时间为两天，每半天可以报考一门，所以最多可以报考四门。各省的自考时间有所不同，一般是一年可以考两次，江苏一年可以考四次，广东一年可以考三次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HuMadCuUSo2WiGxeYaGcffd5nDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备参加自学考试的考生，首先应全面了解本省已开考哪些专业，详细了解自己感兴趣的专业的层次、要求及课程设置等，结合自己的本职工作、兴趣、文化层次、学习能力和发展的需要等，自愿报考专业。一般来说，应先报专科段，后报本科段；报考课程建议按先易后难顺序报考。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FSqcdIw2ao8QeaxaiaEcucNanqb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试科目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R2Wad4eaAoscOmxIh1Dc8YssnOh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、公共课。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BgOId2Q6Yo6WIkxkjO0c9H9Rn9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般在3~5门左右，其中《中国近现代史纲要》、《马克思基本原理概论》、《英语二》三门课程为必考公共课。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P6IudsccyoGisOxqa4pc01sEnCe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、基础课。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z6OidsKkCoWEkmx2vbbcScMgnOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"基础课是指某一专业的应考者学习的基础理论、基本知识和基本技能的课程，其作用是为应考者掌握专业知识、学习科学技术，发展他们有关能力打下坚实的基础。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HWcud8kQeoyqWOxOCsEcnML2nqe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、专业课。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"D6W6dQkWOosqQuxsTYkcQKPHn6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般理工类的专业还会增加如《高等数学》、《线性代数》等科目的考试，偏应用性质的专业还会开考《计算机应用基础》或者《管理系统中计算机应用》。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AsEidqA0GoYieMxuoT7culRrn4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、换考课程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KaukdgOcQoSGeox6AsQcyPTUnbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"换考课程是指英语自学难度大的本科自考考生不考英语二而多考几门其他课程替代英语二的学分，一般是考3到5门课程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"G2E2doe0SoEYUCxAtXJcl4FtnWb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"温馨提醒","id":""}],"text":"","id":"X6EQd0aCioIWO6xEF7Scd5ctngc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"自考相关政策，可登陆官网提前了解。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FUO6dSOqyoswsixQJ4QczuJsnXW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"官网网址：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://zikao.cuc.edu.cn/"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://zikao.cuc.edu.cn/","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YwCod8yigoQEaExu6kVcsIncnBc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FEGCdkEWwokUSUxKo2Bc3Qp1nId"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1，购买正规渠道备考资料，不同的中升本途径，需要的备考资料是不一样的，详细可以咨询报考院校、老师等，并且从正规渠道购买相关资料。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HuGSdWcyUoAC6sx8nhhc4NEanCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、选择适合自己的途径来考取本科。不同的途径有不同的缺点和优点，根据自身情况，选择最适合自己的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SgQGdCeiUoGGIAxoDbncApbAnbf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、提前确定报考院校，并详细了解相关考试政策，专业等，每个人关于专业及院校选择考虑的因素不同，所以请不要盲目、理性思考，选择最适合自己的才是最好的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QKiEdiqWCoYuccxqXxbc8hEPnsb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UY82dm6ogooGagxYtWTcU1k7nGc"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3EOK，本文到此结束，希望对大家有所帮助。
